Journey instance generation based on one or more pivot identifiers and one or more step identifiers

ABSTRACT

Systems and methods are disclosed for processing events having raw machine data associated with a timestamp using one or more pivot identifiers and one or more step identifiers to generate one or more journey instances. Based on the one or more pivot identifier field, the system can relate events that have a common field value for the pivot identifier field. Based on the one or more step identifiers, the system can group the related events into a subset of events. Using the subset of events, the system can build a journey instance.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.15/936,362, filed on Mar. 26, 2018, which is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety. U.S. application Ser. No. 15/936,362 wasfiled concurrently with the following applications, each of which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

U.S. App. No. Title Filed On 15/936351 USER INTERFACE TO IDENTIFY Mar.26, 2018 ONE OR MORE PIVOT IDENTIFIERS AND ONE OR MORE STEP IDENTIFIERSTO PROCESS EVENTS 15/936356 USER INTERFACE AND PROCESS Mar. 26, 2018 TOGENERATE JOURNEY INSTANCE BASED ON ONE OR MORE PIVOT IDENTIFIERS AND ONEOR MORE STEP IDENTIFIERS 15/936372 ANALYZING JOURNEY INSTANCES Mar. 26,2018 THAT INCLUDE AN ORDERING OF STEP INSTANCES INCLUDING A SUBSET OF ASET OF EVENTS

FIELD

At least one embodiment of the present disclosure pertains to one ormore tools for facilitating searching and analyzing large sets of datato locate data of interest.

BACKGROUND

Information technology (IT) environments can include diverse types ofdata systems that store large amounts of diverse data types generated bynumerous devices. For example, a big data ecosystem may includedatabases such as MySQL and Oracle databases, cloud computing servicessuch as Amazon web services (AWS), and other data systems that storepassively or actively generated data, including machine-generated data(“machine data”). The machine data can include performance data,diagnostic data, or any other data that can be analyzed to diagnoseequipment performance problems, monitor user interactions, and to deriveother insights.

The large amount and diversity of data systems containing large amountsof structured, semi-structured, and unstructured data relevant to anysearch query can be massive, and continues to grow rapidly. Thistechnological evolution can give rise to various challenges in relationto managing, understanding and effectively utilizing the data. To reducethe potentially vast amount of data that may be generated, some datasystems pre-process data based on anticipated data analysis needs. Inparticular, specified data items may be extracted from the generateddata and stored in a data system to facilitate efficient retrieval andanalysis of those data items at a later time. At least some of theremainder of the generated data is typically discarded duringpre-processing.

However, storing massive quantities of minimally processed orunprocessed data (collectively and individually referred to as “rawdata”) for later retrieval and analysis is becoming increasingly morefeasible as storage capacity becomes more inexpensive and plentiful. Ingeneral, storing raw data and performing analysis on that data later canprovide greater flexibility because it enables an analyst to analyze allof the generated data instead of only a fraction of it.

Although the availability of vastly greater amounts of diverse data ondiverse data systems provides opportunities to derive new insights, italso gives rise to technical challenges to search and analyze the data.Tools exist that allow an analyst to search data systems separately andcollect results over a network for the analyst to derive insights in apiecemeal manner. However, UI tools that allow analysts to quicklysearch and analyze large set of raw machine data to visually identifydata subsets of interest, particularly via straightforward andeasy-to-understand sets of tools and search functionality do not exist.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The present disclosure is illustrated by way of example, and notlimitation, in the figures of the accompanying drawings, in which likereference numerals indicate similar elements and in which:

FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an example networked computer environment,in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an example data intake and query system, inaccordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an example cloud-based data intake andquery system, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an example data intake and query systemthat performs searches across external data systems, in accordance withexample embodiments;

FIG. 5A is a flowchart of an example method that illustrates howindexers process, index, and store data received from forwarders, inaccordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 5B is a block diagram of a data structure in which time-stampedevent data can be stored in a data store, in accordance with exampleembodiments;

FIG. 5C provides a visual representation of the manner in which apipelined search language or query operates, in accordance with exampleembodiments;

FIG. 6A is a flow diagram of an example method that illustrates how asearch head and indexers perform a search query, in accordance withexample embodiments;

FIG. 6B provides a visual representation of an example manner in which apipelined command language or query operates, in accordance with exampleembodiments;

FIG. 7A is a diagram of an example scenario where a common customeridentifier is found among log data received from three disparate datasources, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 7B illustrates an example of processing keyword searches and fieldsearches, in accordance with disclosed embodiments;

FIG. 7C illustrates an example of creating and using an inverted index,in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 7D depicts a flowchart of example use of an inverted index in apipelined search query, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 8A is an interface diagram of an example user interface for asearch screen, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 8B is an interface diagram of an example user interface for a datasummary dialog that enables a user to select various data sources, inaccordance with example embodiments;

FIGS. 9-15 are interface diagrams of example report generation userinterfaces, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 16 is an example search query received from a client and executedby search peers, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 17A is an interface diagram of an example user interface of a keyindicators view, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 17B is an interface diagram of an example user interface of anincident review dashboard, in accordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 17C is a tree diagram of an example a proactive monitoring tree, inaccordance with example embodiments;

FIG. 17D is an interface diagram of an example a user interfacedisplaying both log data and performance data, in accordance withexample embodiments;

FIG. 18 illustrates an example user interface displaying a user journey;

FIG. 19 illustrates an example process for creating a user journey;

FIG. 20 illustrates an example user interface for mapping a fieldidentifier in a particular data source;

FIG. 21 illustrates another example user interface for mapping a fieldidentifier in a particular data source;

FIG. 22 illustrates an example user interface for specifying informationthat is to be recorded for a particular step;

FIG. 23 illustrates a user interface for selecting steps to be includedin a user journey;

FIG. 24 illustrates an example user interface for specifyingcorrelations between data sources selected for a user journey;

FIG. 25 is a user interface illustrating a first example stitchingscheme;

FIG. 26 is a user interface illustrating a second example stitchingscheme;

FIG. 27 is a user interface illustrating a third example stitchingscheme;

FIG. 28 illustrates a representation of steps included in a userjourney;

FIG. 29 is a flowchart of an example process for presenting resultsassociated with a user journey;

FIG. 30 is a flowchart of another example process for presenting resultsassociated with a user journey;

FIG. 31 illustrates an example user interface that includes a userjourney and information indicating clusters associated with the userjourney;

FIG. 32 illustrates an example user interface presenting summaryinformation associated with a user journey;

FIG. 33 illustrates another example user interface presenting summaryinformation associated with a user journey;

FIG. 34 illustrates an example user interface presenting a nested userjourney included in a user journey;

FIG. 35 illustrates an example user interface indicating a path aparticular entity took through steps included in a user journey;

FIG. 36 illustrates an example user interface presenting touchpointsassociated with a particular entity;

FIGS. 37A and 37B illustrate an example user interface for identifyingone or more pivot identifiers and one or more step identifiers;

FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example user interface displayingan embodiment of a journey summarization;

FIGS. 39A, 39B, 40A, 40B, 41, and 42 are diagrams illustrating anexample user interface displaying embodiments of journey summarizations;

FIG. 43 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a routine forenabling identification of one or more pivot identifiers and/or one ormore step identifiers;

FIG. 44 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a routine forgenerating a journey instance or model;

FIG. 45 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a routine foranalyzing journey instances; and

FIGS. 46, 47, and 48 are diagrams illustrating embodiments of journeyvisualizations.

I. DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Embodiments are described herein according to the following outline:

-   -   1.0. General Overview    -   2.0. Operating Environment        -   2.1. Host Devices        -   2.2. Client Devices        -   2.3. Client Device Applications        -   2.4. Data Server System        -   2.5 Cloud-Based System Overview        -   2.6 Searching Externally-Archived Data            -   2.6.1 ERP Process Features        -   2.7 Data Ingestion            -   2.7.1 Input            -   2.7.2. Parsing            -   2.7.3. Indexing        -   2.8. Query Processing        -   2.9. Pipelined Search Language        -   2.10. Field Extraction        -   2.11. Example Search Screen        -   2.12. Data Modeling        -   2.13. Acceleration Techniques            -   2.13.1. Aggregation Technique            -   2.13.2. Keyword Index            -   2.13.3. High Performance Analytics Store                -   2.13.3.1 Extracting Event Data Using Posting Values            -   2.13.4. Accelerating Report Generation        -   2.14. Security Features        -   2.15. Data Center Monitoring        -   2.16. IT Service Monitoring    -   3.0 User Journeys    -   4.0 Journey Instances and Models        -   4.1 User Interface Overview            -   4.1.1 Displaying Field Identifiers            -   4.1.2 Selecting Pivot Identifiers and Step Identifiers        -   4.2 Pivot Identifiers            -   4.2.1 Gluing Events        -   4.3 Step Identifiers        -   4.4 Attributes        -   4.5 Journey Summarization Overview        -   4.6 Journey Visualizations            -   4.6.1 Control Selection            -   4.6.2 Journey Model Visualization            -   4.6.3 Clusters of Journey Instances            -   4.6.4 Filtering Journey Instances            -   4.6.5 List Display of Journey Instances        -   4.7 Journey Instance and Model Flows        -   4.8 Additional Journey Visualizations

In this description, references to “an embodiment,” “one embodiment,” orthe like, mean that the particular feature, function, structure orcharacteristic being described is included in at least one embodiment ofthe technique introduced herein. Occurrences of such phrases in thisspecification do not necessarily all refer to the same embodiment. Onthe other hand, the embodiments referred to are also not necessarilymutually exclusive.

A data intake and query system can index and store data in data storesof indexers, and can receive search queries causing a search of theindexers to obtain search results. The data intake and query systemtypically has search, extraction, execution, and analytics capabilitiesthat may be limited in scope to the data stores of the indexers(“internal data stores”). Hence, a seamless and comprehensive search andanalysis that includes diverse data types from external data sources,common storage (may also be referred to as global data storage or globaldata stores), ingested data buffers, query acceleration data stores,etc. may be difficult. Thus, the capabilities of some data intake andquery systems remain isolated from a variety of data sources that couldimprove search results to provide new insights. Furthermore, theprocessing flow of some data intake and query systems are unidirectionalin that data is obtained from a data source, processed, and thencommunicated to a search head or client without the ability to routedata to different destinations.

The disclosed embodiments overcome these drawbacks by extending thesearch and analytics capabilities of a data intake and query system toinclude diverse data types stored in diverse data systems internal to orexternal from the data intake and query system. As a result, an analystcan use the data intake and query system to search and analyze data froma wide variety of dataset sources, including enterprise systems and opensource technologies of a big data ecosystem. The term “big data” refersto large data sets that may be analyzed computationally to revealpatterns, trends, and associations, in some cases, relating to humanbehavior and interactions.

In particular, introduced herein is a data intake and query system thatthat has the ability to execute big data analytics seamlessly and canscale across diverse data sources to enable processing large volumes ofdiverse data from diverse data systems. A “data source” can include a“data system,” which may refer to a system that can process and/or storedata. A “data storage system” may refer to a storage system that canstore data such as unstructured, semi-structured, or structured data.Accordingly, a data source can include a data system that includes adata storage system.

The system can improve search and analytics capabilities of previoussystems by employing a search process master and query coordinatorscombined with a scalable network of distributed nodes communicativelycoupled to diverse data systems. The network of distributed nodes canact as agents of the data intake and query system to collect and processdata of distributed data systems, and the search process master andcoordinators can provide the processed data to the search head as searchresults.

For example, the data intake and query system can respond to a query byexecuting search operations on various internal and external datasources to obtain partial search results that are harmonized andpresented as search results of the query. As such, the data intake andquery system can offload search and analytics operations to thedistributed nodes. Hence, the system enables search and analyticscapabilities that can extend beyond the data stored on indexers toinclude external data systems, common storage, query acceleration datastores, ingested data buffers, etc.

The system can provide big data open stack integration to act as a bigdata pipeline that extends the search and analytics capabilities of asystem over numerous and diverse data sources. For example, the systemcan extend the data execution scope of the data intake and query systemto include data residing in external data systems such as MySQL,PostgreSQL, and Oracle databases; NoSQL data stores like Cassandra,Mongo DB; cloud storage like Amazon S3 and Hadoop distributed filesystem (HDFS); common storage; ingested data buffers; etc. Thus, thesystem can execute search and analytics operations for all possiblecombinations of data types stored in various data sources.

The distributed processing of the system enables scalability to includeany number of distributed data systems. As such, queries received by thedata intake and query system can be propagated to the network ofdistributed nodes to extend the search and analytics capabilities of thedata intake and query system over different data sources. In thiscontext, the network of distributed nodes can act as an extension of thelocal data intake in query system's data processing pipeline tofacilitate scalable analytics across the diverse data systems.Accordingly, the system can extend and transform the data intake andquery system to include data resources into a data fabric platform thatcan leverage computing assets from anywhere and access and execute ondata regardless of type or origin.

The disclosed embodiments include services such as new searchcapabilities, visualization tools, and other services that areseamlessly integrated into the DFS system. For example, the disclosedtechniques include new search services performed on internal datastores, external data stores, or a combination of both. The searchoperations can provide ordered or unordered search results, or searchresults derived from data of diverse data systems, which can bevisualized to provide new and useful insights about the data containedin a big data ecosystem.

Various other features of the DFS system introduced here will becomeapparent from the description that follows. First, however, it is usefulto consider an example of an environment and system in which thetechniques can be employed, as will now be described.

1.0. General Overview

Modern data centers and other computing environments can compriseanywhere from a few host computer systems to thousands of systemsconfigured to process data, service requests from remote clients, andperform numerous other computational tasks. During operation, variouscomponents within these computing environments often generatesignificant volumes of machine data. Machine data is any data producedby a machine or component in an information technology (IT) environmentand that reflects activity in the IT environment. For example, machinedata can be raw machine data that is generated by various components inIT environments, such as servers, sensors, routers, mobile devices,Internet of Things (IoT) devices, etc. Machine data can include systemlogs, network packet data, sensor data, application program data, errorlogs, stack traces, system performance data, etc. In general, machinedata can also include performance data, diagnostic information, and manyother types of data that can be analyzed to diagnose performanceproblems, monitor user interactions, and to derive other insights.

A number of tools are available to analyze machine data. In order toreduce the size of the potentially vast amount of machine data that maybe generated, many of these tools typically pre-process the data basedon anticipated data-analysis needs. For example, pre-specified dataitems may be extracted from the machine data and stored in a database tofacilitate efficient retrieval and analysis of those data items atsearch time. However, the rest of the machine data typically is notsaved and is discarded during pre-processing. As storage capacitybecomes progressively cheaper and more plentiful, there are fewerincentives to discard these portions of machine data and many reasons toretain more of the data.

This plentiful storage capacity is presently making it feasible to storemassive quantities of minimally processed machine data for laterretrieval and analysis. In general, storing minimally processed machinedata and performing analysis operations at search time can providegreater flexibility because it enables an analyst to search all of themachine data, instead of searching only a pre-specified set of dataitems. This may enable an analyst to investigate different aspects ofthe machine data that previously were unavailable for analysis.

However, analyzing and searching massive quantities of machine datapresents a number of challenges. For example, a data center, servers, ornetwork appliances may generate many different types and formats ofmachine data (e.g., system logs, network packet data (e.g., wire data,etc.), sensor data, application program data, error logs, stack traces,system performance data, operating system data, virtualization data,etc.) from thousands of different components, which can collectively bevery time-consuming to analyze. In another example, mobile devices maygenerate large amounts of information relating to data accesses,application performance, operating system performance, networkperformance, etc. There can be millions of mobile devices that reportthese types of information.

These challenges can be addressed by using an event-based data intakeand query system, such as the SPLUNK® ENTERPRISE system developed bySplunk Inc. of San Francisco, Calif. The SPLUNK® ENTERPRISE system isthe leading platform for providing real-time operational intelligencethat enables organizations to collect, index, and search machine datafrom various websites, applications, servers, networks, and mobiledevices that power their businesses. The data intake and query system isparticularly useful for analyzing data which is commonly found in systemlog files, network data, and other data input sources. Although many ofthe techniques described herein are explained with reference to a dataintake and query system similar to the SPLUNK® ENTERPRISE system, thesetechniques are also applicable to other types of data systems.

In the data intake and query system, machine data are collected andstored as “events”. An event comprises a portion of machine data and isassociated with a specific point in time. The portion of machine datamay reflect activity in an IT environment and may be produced by acomponent of that IT environment, where the events may be searched toprovide insight into the IT environment, thereby improving theperformance of components in the IT environment. Events may be derivedfrom “time series data,” where the time series data comprises a sequenceof data points (e.g., performance measurements from a computer system,etc.) that are associated with successive points in time. In general,each event has a portion of machine data that is associated with atimestamp that is derived from the portion of machine data in the event.A timestamp of an event may be determined through interpolation betweentemporally proximate events having known timestamps or may be determinedbased on other configurable rules for associating timestamps withevents.

In some instances, machine data can have a predefined format, where dataitems with specific data formats are stored at predefined locations inthe data. For example, the machine data may include data associated withfields in a database table. In other instances, machine data may nothave a predefined format (e.g., may not be at fixed, predefinedlocations), but may have repeatable (e.g., non-random) patterns. Thismeans that some machine data can comprise various data items ofdifferent data types that may be stored at different locations withinthe data. For example, when the data source is an operating system log,an event can include one or more lines from the operating system logcontaining machine data that includes different types of performance anddiagnostic information associated with a specific point in time (e.g., atimestamp).

Examples of components which may generate machine data from which eventscan be derived include, but are not limited to, web servers, applicationservers, databases, firewalls, routers, operating systems, and softwareapplications that execute on computer systems, mobile devices, sensors,Internet of Things (IoT) devices, etc. The machine data generated bysuch data sources can include, for example and without limitation,server log files, activity log files, configuration files, messages,network packet data, performance measurements, sensor measurements, etc.

The data intake and query system uses a flexible schema to specify howto extract information from events. A flexible schema may be developedand redefined as needed. Note that a flexible schema may be applied toevents “on the fly,” when it is needed (e.g., at search time, indextime, ingestion time, etc.). When the schema is not applied to eventsuntil search time, the schema may be referred to as a “late-bindingschema.”

During operation, the data intake and query system receives machine datafrom any type and number of sources (e.g., one or more system logs,streams of network packet data, sensor data, application program data,error logs, stack traces, system performance data, etc.). The systemparses the machine data to produce events each having a portion ofmachine data associated with a timestamp. The system stores the eventsin a data store. The system enables users to run queries against thestored events to, for example, retrieve events that meet criteriaspecified in a query, such as criteria indicating certain keywords orhaving specific values in defined fields. As used herein, the term“field” refers to a location in the machine data of an event containingone or more values for a specific data item. A field may be referencedby a field name associated with the field. As will be described in moredetail herein, a field is defined by an extraction rule (e.g., a regularexpression) that derives one or more values or a sub-portion of textfrom the portion of machine data in each event to produce a value forthe field for that event. The set of values produced aresemantically-related (such as IP address), even though the machine datain each event may be in different formats (e.g., semantically-relatedvalues may be in different positions in the events derived fromdifferent sources).

As described above, the system stores the events in a data store. Theevents stored in the data store are field-searchable, wherefield-searchable herein refers to the ability to search the machine data(e.g., the raw machine data) of an event based on a field specified insearch criteria. For example, a search having criteria that specifies afield name “UserID” may cause the system to field-search the machinedata of events to identify events that have the field name “UserID.” Inanother example, a search having criteria that specifies a field name“UserID” with a corresponding field value “12345” may cause the systemto field-search the machine data of events to identify events havingthat field-value pair (e.g., field name “UserID” with a correspondingfield value of “12345”). Events are field-searchable using one or moreconfiguration files associated with the events. Each configuration fileincludes one or more field names, where each field name is associatedwith a corresponding extraction rule and a set of events to which thatextraction rule applies. The set of events to which an extraction ruleapplies may be identified by metadata associated with the set of events.For example, an extraction rule may apply to a set of events that areeach associated with a particular host, source, or source type. Whenevents are to be searched based on a particular field name specified ina search, the system uses one or more configuration files to determinewhether there is an extraction rule for that particular field name thatapplies to each event that falls within the criteria of the search. Ifso, the event is considered as part of the search results (andadditional processing may be performed on that event based on criteriaspecified in the search). If not, the next event is similarly analyzed,and so on.

As noted above, the data intake and query system utilizes a late-bindingschema while performing queries on events. One aspect of a late-bindingschema is applying extraction rules to events to extract values forspecific fields during search time. More specifically, the extractionrule for a field can include one or more instructions that specify howto extract a value for the field from an event. An extraction rule cangenerally include any type of instruction for extracting values fromevents. In some cases, an extraction rule comprises a regularexpression, where a sequence of characters form a search pattern. Anextraction rule comprising a regular expression is referred to herein asa regex rule. The system applies a regex rule to an event to extractvalues for a field associated with the regex rule, where the values areextracted by searching the event for the sequence of characters definedin the regex rule.

In the data intake and query system, a field extractor may be configuredto automatically generate extraction rules for certain fields in theevents when the events are being created, indexed, or stored, orpossibly at a later time. Alternatively, a user may manually defineextraction rules for fields using a variety of techniques. In contrastto a conventional schema for a database system, a late-binding schema isnot defined at data ingestion time. Instead, the late-binding schema canbe developed on an ongoing basis until the time a query is actuallyexecuted. This means that extraction rules for the fields specified in aquery may be provided in the query itself, or may be located duringexecution of the query. Hence, as a user learns more about the data inthe events, the user can continue to refine the late-binding schema byadding new fields, deleting fields, or modifying the field extractionrules for use the next time the schema is used by the system. Becausethe data intake and query system maintains the underlying machine dataand uses a late-binding schema for searching the machine data, itenables a user to continue investigating and learn valuable insightsabout the machine data.

In some embodiments, a common field name may be used to reference two ormore fields containing equivalent and/or similar data items, even thoughthe fields may be associated with different types of events thatpossibly have different data formats and different extraction rules. Byenabling a common field name to be used to identify equivalent and/orsimilar fields from different types of events generated by disparatedata sources, the system facilitates use of a “common information model”(CIM) across the disparate data sources (further discussed with respectto FIG. 7A).

2.0. Operating Environment

FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an example networked computer environment100, in accordance with example embodiments. Those skilled in the artwould understand that FIG. 1 represents one example of a networkedcomputer system and other embodiments may use different arrangements.

The networked computer system 100 comprises one or more computingdevices. These one or more computing devices comprise any combination ofhardware and software configured to implement the various logicalcomponents described herein. For example, the one or more computingdevices may include one or more memories that store instructions forimplementing the various components described herein, one or morehardware processors configured to execute the instructions stored in theone or more memories, and various data repositories in the one or morememories for storing data structures utilized and manipulated by thevarious components.

In some embodiments, one or more client devices 102 are coupled to oneor more host devices 106 and a data intake and query system 108 via oneor more networks 104. Networks 104 broadly represent one or more LANs,WANs, cellular networks (e.g., LTE, HSPA, 3G, and other cellulartechnologies), and/or networks using any of wired, wireless, terrestrialmicrowave, or satellite links, and may include the public Internet.

2.1. Host Devices

In the illustrated embodiment, a system 100 includes one or more hostdevices 106. Host devices 106 may broadly include any number ofcomputers, virtual machine instances, and/or data centers that areconfigured to host or execute one or more instances of host applications114. In general, a host device 106 may be involved, directly orindirectly, in processing requests received from client devices 102.Each host device 106 may comprise, for example, one or more of a networkdevice, a web server, an application server, a database server, etc. Acollection of host devices 106 may be configured to implement anetwork-based service. For example, a provider of a network-basedservice may configure one or more host devices 106 and host applications114 (e.g., one or more web servers, application servers, databaseservers, etc.) to collectively implement the network-based application.

In general, client devices 102 communicate with one or more hostapplications 114 to exchange information. The communication between aclient device 102 and a host application 114 may, for example, be basedon the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or any other network protocol.Content delivered from the host application 114 to a client device 102may include, for example, HTML documents, media content, etc. Thecommunication between a client device 102 and host application 114 mayinclude sending various requests and receiving data packets. Forexample, in general, a client device 102 or application running on aclient device may initiate communication with a host application 114 bymaking a request for a specific resource (e.g., based on an HTTPrequest), and the application server may respond with the requestedcontent stored in one or more response packets.

In the illustrated embodiment, one or more of host applications 114 maygenerate various types of performance data during operation, includingevent logs, network data, sensor data, and other types of machine data.For example, a host application 114 comprising a web server may generateone or more web server logs in which details of interactions between theweb server and any number of client devices 102 is recorded. As anotherexample, a host device 106 comprising a router may generate one or morerouter logs that record information related to network traffic managedby the router. As yet another example, a host application 114 comprisinga database server may generate one or more logs that record informationrelated to requests sent from other host applications 114 (e.g., webservers or application servers) for data managed by the database server.

2.2. Client Devices

Client devices 102 of FIG. 1 represent any computing device capable ofinteracting with one or more host devices 106 via a network 104.Examples of client devices 102 may include, without limitation, smartphones, tablet computers, handheld computers, wearable devices, laptopcomputers, desktop computers, servers, portable media players, gamingdevices, and so forth. In general, a client device 102 can provideaccess to different content, for instance, content provided by one ormore host devices 106, etc. Each client device 102 may comprise one ormore client applications 110, described in more detail in a separatesection hereinafter.

2.3. Client Device Applications

In some embodiments, each client device 102 may host or execute one ormore client applications 110 that are capable of interacting with one ormore host devices 106 via one or more networks 104. For instance, aclient application 110 may be or comprise a web browser that a user mayuse to navigate to one or more websites or other resources provided byone or more host devices 106. As another example, a client application110 may comprise a mobile application or “app.” For example, an operatorof a network-based service hosted by one or more host devices 106 maymake available one or more mobile apps that enable users of clientdevices 102 to access various resources of the network-based service. Asyet another example, client applications 110 may include backgroundprocesses that perform various operations without direct interactionfrom a user. A client application 110 may include a “plug-in” or“extension” to another application, such as a web browser plug-in orextension.

In some embodiments, a client application 110 may include a monitoringcomponent 112. At a high level, the monitoring component 112 comprises asoftware component or other logic that facilitates generatingperformance data related to a client device's operating state, includingmonitoring network traffic sent and received from the client device andcollecting other device and/or application-specific information.Monitoring component 112 may be an integrated component of a clientapplication 110, a plug-in, an extension, or any other type of add-oncomponent. Monitoring component 112 may also be a stand-alone process.

In some embodiments, a monitoring component 112 may be created when aclient application 110 is developed, for example, by an applicationdeveloper using a software development kit (SDK). The SDK may includecustom monitoring code that can be incorporated into the codeimplementing a client application 110. When the code is converted to anexecutable application, the custom code implementing the monitoringfunctionality can become part of the application itself.

In some embodiments, an SDK or other code for implementing themonitoring functionality may be offered by a provider of a data intakeand query system, such as a system 108. In such cases, the provider ofthe system 108 can implement the custom code so that performance datagenerated by the monitoring functionality is sent to the system 108 tofacilitate analysis of the performance data by a developer of the clientapplication or other users.

In some embodiments, the custom monitoring code may be incorporated intothe code of a client application 110 in a number of different ways, suchas the insertion of one or more lines in the client application codethat call or otherwise invoke the monitoring component 112. As such, adeveloper of a client application 110 can add one or more lines of codeinto the client application 110 to trigger the monitoring component 112at desired points during execution of the application. Code thattriggers the monitoring component may be referred to as a monitortrigger. For instance, a monitor trigger may be included at or near thebeginning of the executable code of the client application 110 such thatthe monitoring component 112 is initiated or triggered as theapplication is launched, or included at other points in the code thatcorrespond to various actions of the client application, such as sendinga network request or displaying a particular interface.

In some embodiments, the monitoring component 112 may monitor one ormore aspects of network traffic sent and/or received by a clientapplication 110. For example, the monitoring component 112 may beconfigured to monitor data packets transmitted to and/or from one ormore host applications 114. Incoming and/or outgoing data packets can beread or examined to identify network data contained within the packets,for example, and other aspects of data packets can be analyzed todetermine a number of network performance statistics. Monitoring networktraffic may enable information to be gathered particular to the networkperformance associated with a client application 110 or set ofapplications.

In some embodiments, network performance data refers to any type of datathat indicates information about the network and/or network performance.Network performance data may include, for instance, a URL requested, aconnection type (e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, etc.), a connection start time, aconnection end time, an HTTP status code, request length, responselength, request headers, response headers, connection status (e.g.,completion, response time(s), failure, etc.), and the like. Uponobtaining network performance data indicating performance of thenetwork, the network performance data can be transmitted to a dataintake and query system 108 for analysis.

Upon developing a client application 110 that incorporates a monitoringcomponent 112, the client application 110 can be distributed to clientdevices 102. Applications generally can be distributed to client devices102 in any manner, or they can be pre-loaded. In some cases, theapplication may be distributed to a client device 102 via an applicationmarketplace or other application distribution system. For instance, anapplication marketplace or other application distribution system mightdistribute the application to a client device based on a request fromthe client device to download the application.

Examples of functionality that enables monitoring performance of aclient device are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.14/524,748, entitled “UTILIZING PACKET HEADERS TO MONITOR NETWORKTRAFFIC IN ASSOCIATION WITH A CLIENT DEVICE”, filed on 27 Oct. 2014, andwhich is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for allpurposes.

In some embodiments, the monitoring component 112 may also monitor andcollect performance data related to one or more aspects of theoperational state of a client application 110 and/or client device 102.For example, a monitoring component 112 may be configured to collectdevice performance information by monitoring one or more client deviceoperations, or by making calls to an operating system and/or one or moreother applications executing on a client device 102 for performanceinformation. Device performance information may include, for instance, acurrent wireless signal strength of the device, a current connectiontype and network carrier, current memory performance information, ageographic location of the device, a device orientation, and any otherinformation related to the operational state of the client device.

In some embodiments, the monitoring component 112 may also monitor andcollect other device profile information including, for example, a typeof client device, a manufacturer and model of the device, versions ofvarious software applications installed on the device, and so forth.

In general, a monitoring component 112 may be configured to generateperformance data in response to a monitor trigger in the code of aclient application 110 or other triggering application event, asdescribed above, and to store the performance data in one or more datarecords. Each data record, for example, may include a collection offield-value pairs, each field-value pair storing a particular item ofperformance data in association with a field for the item. For example,a data record generated by a monitoring component 112 may include a“networkLatency” field (not shown in the Figure) in which a value isstored. This field indicates a network latency measurement associatedwith one or more network requests. The data record may include a “state”field to store a value indicating a state of a network connection, andso forth for any number of aspects of collected performance data.

2.4. Data Server System

FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an example data intake and query system108, in accordance with example embodiments. System 108 includes one ormore forwarders 204 that receive data from a variety of input datasources 202, and one or more indexers 206 that process and store thedata in one or more data stores 208. These forwarders 204 and indexers208 can comprise separate computer systems, or may alternativelycomprise separate processes executing on one or more computer systems.

Each data source 202 broadly represents a distinct source of data thatcan be consumed by system 108. Examples of a data sources 202 include,without limitation, data files, directories of files, data sent over anetwork, event logs, registries, etc.

During operation, the forwarders 204 identify which indexers 206 receivedata collected from a data source 202 and forward the data to theappropriate indexers. Forwarders 204 can also perform operations on thedata before forwarding, including removing extraneous data, detectingtimestamps in the data, parsing data, indexing data, routing data basedon criteria relating to the data being routed, and/or performing otherdata transformations.

In some embodiments, a forwarder 204 may comprise a service accessibleto client devices 102 and host devices 106 via a network 104. Forexample, one type of forwarder 204 may be capable of consuming vastamounts of real-time data from a potentially large number of clientdevices 102 and/or host devices 106. The forwarder 204 may, for example,comprise a computing device which implements multiple data pipelines or“queues” to handle forwarding of network data to indexers 206. Aforwarder 204 may also perform many of the functions that are performedby an indexer. For example, a forwarder 204 may perform keywordextractions on raw data or parse raw data to create events. A forwarder204 may generate time stamps for events. Additionally or alternatively,a forwarder 204 may perform routing of events to indexers 206. Datastore 208 may contain events derived from machine data from a variety ofsources all pertaining to the same component in an IT environment, andthis data may be produced by the machine in question or by othercomponents in the IT environment.

2.5. Cloud-Based System Overview

The example data intake and query system 108 described in reference toFIG. 2 comprises several system components, including one or moreforwarders, indexers, and search heads. In some environments, a user ofa data intake and query system 108 may install and configure, oncomputing devices owned and operated by the user, one or more softwareapplications that implement some or all of these system components. Forexample, a user may install a software application on server computersowned by the user and configure each server to operate as one or more ofa forwarder, an indexer, a search head, etc. This arrangement generallymay be referred to as an “on-premises” solution. That is, the system 108is installed and operates on computing devices directly controlled bythe user of the system. Some users may prefer an on-premises solutionbecause it may provide a greater level of control over the configurationof certain aspects of the system (e.g., security, privacy, standards,controls, etc.). However, other users may instead prefer an arrangementin which the user is not directly responsible for providing and managingthe computing devices upon which various components of system 108operate.

In one embodiment, to provide an alternative to an entirely on-premisesenvironment for system 108, one or more of the components of a dataintake and query system instead may be provided as a cloud-basedservice. In this context, a cloud-based service refers to a servicehosted by one more computing resources that are accessible to end usersover a network, for example, by using a web browser or other applicationon a client device to interface with the remote computing resources. Forexample, a service provider may provide a cloud-based data intake andquery system by managing computing resources configured to implementvarious aspects of the system (e.g., forwarders, indexers, search heads,etc.) and by providing access to the system to end users via a network.Typically, a user may pay a subscription or other fee to use such aservice. Each subscribing user of the cloud-based service may beprovided with an account that enables the user to configure a customizedcloud-based system based on the user's preferences.

FIG. 3 illustrates a block diagram of an example cloud-based data intakeand query system. Similar to the system of FIG. 2, the networkedcomputer system 300 includes input data sources 202 and forwarders 204.These input data sources and forwarders may be in a subscriber's privatecomputing environment. Alternatively, they might be directly managed bythe service provider as part of the cloud service. In the example system300, one or more forwarders 204 and client devices 302 are coupled to acloud-based data intake and query system 306 via one or more networks304. Network 304 broadly represents one or more LANs, WANs, cellularnetworks, intranetworks, internetworks, etc., using any of wired,wireless, terrestrial microwave, satellite links, etc., and may includethe public Internet, and is used by client devices 302 and forwarders204 to access the system 306. Similar to the system of 38, each of theforwarders 204 may be configured to receive data from an input sourceand to forward the data to other components of the system 306 forfurther processing.

In some embodiments, a cloud-based data intake and query system 306 maycomprise a plurality of system instances 308. In general, each systeminstance 308 may include one or more computing resources managed by aprovider of the cloud-based system 306 made available to a particularsubscriber. The computing resources comprising a system instance 308may, for example, include one or more servers or other devicesconfigured to implement one or more forwarders, indexers, search heads,and other components of a data intake and query system, similar tosystem 108. As indicated above, a subscriber may use a web browser orother application of a client device 302 to access a web portal or otherinterface that enables the subscriber to configure an instance 308.

Providing a data intake and query system as described in reference tosystem 108 as a cloud-based service presents a number of challenges.Each of the components of a system 108 (e.g., forwarders, indexers, andsearch heads) may at times refer to various configuration files storedlocally at each component. These configuration files typically mayinvolve some level of user configuration to accommodate particular typesof data a user desires to analyze and to account for other userpreferences. However, in a cloud-based service context, users typicallymay not have direct access to the underlying computing resourcesimplementing the various system components (e.g., the computingresources comprising each system instance 308) and may desire to makesuch configurations indirectly, for example, using one or more web-basedinterfaces. Thus, the techniques and systems described herein forproviding user interfaces that enable a user to configure source typedefinitions are applicable to both on-premises and cloud-based servicecontexts, or some combination thereof (e.g., a hybrid system where bothan on-premises environment, such as SPLUNK® ENTERPRISE, and acloud-based environment, such as SPLUNK CLOUD™, are centrally visible).

2.6. Searching Externally-Archived Data

FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of an example of a data intake and querysystem 108 that provides transparent search facilities for data systemsthat are external to the data intake and query system. Such facilitiesare available in the Splunk® Analytics for Hadoop® system provided bySplunk Inc. of San Francisco, Calif. Splunk® Analytics for Hadoop®represents an analytics platform that enables business and IT teams torapidly explore, analyze, and visualize data in Hadoop® and NoSQL datastores.

The search head 210 of the data intake and query system receives searchrequests from one or more client devices 404 over network connections420. As discussed above, the data intake and query system 108 may residein an enterprise location, in the cloud, etc. FIG. 4 illustrates thatmultiple client devices 404 a, 404 b, . . . , 404 n may communicate withthe data intake and query system 108. The client devices 404 maycommunicate with the data intake and query system using a variety ofconnections. For example, one client device in FIG. 4 is illustrated ascommunicating over an Internet (Web) protocol, another client device isillustrated as communicating via a command line interface, and anotherclient device is illustrated as communicating via a software developerkit (SDK).

The search head 210 analyzes the received search request to identifyrequest parameters. If a search request received from one of the clientdevices 404 references an index maintained by the data intake and querysystem, then the search head 210 connects to one or more indexers 206 ofthe data intake and query system for the index referenced in the requestparameters. That is, if the request parameters of the search requestreference an index, then the search head accesses the data in the indexvia the indexer. The data intake and query system 108 may include one ormore indexers 206, depending on system access resources andrequirements. As described further below, the indexers 206 retrieve datafrom their respective local data stores 208 as specified in the searchrequest. The indexers and their respective data stores can comprise oneor more storage devices and typically reside on the same system, thoughthey may be connected via a local network connection.

If the request parameters of the received search request reference anexternal data collection, which is not accessible to the indexers 206 orunder the management of the data intake and query system, then thesearch head 210 can access the external data collection through anExternal Result Provider (ERP) process 410. An external data collectionmay be referred to as a “virtual index” (plural, “virtual indices”). AnERP process provides an interface through which the search head 210 mayaccess virtual indices.

Thus, a search reference to an index of the system relates to a locallystored and managed data collection. In contrast, a search reference to avirtual index relates to an externally stored and managed datacollection, which the search head may access through one or more ERPprocesses 410, 412. FIG. 4 shows two ERP processes 410, 412 that connectto respective remote (external) virtual indices, which are indicated asa Hadoop or another system 414 (e.g., Amazon S3, Amazon EMR, otherHadoop® Compatible File Systems (HCFS), etc.) and a relational databasemanagement system (RDBMS) 416. Other virtual indices may include otherfile organizations and protocols, such as Structured Query Language(SQL) and the like. The ellipses between the ERP processes 410, 412indicate optional additional ERP processes of the data intake and querysystem 108. An ERP process may be a computer process that is initiatedor spawned by the search head 210 and is executed by the search dataintake and query system 108. Alternatively or additionally, an ERPprocess may be a process spawned by the search head 210 on the same ordifferent host system as the search head 210 resides.

The search head 210 may spawn a single ERP process in response tomultiple virtual indices referenced in a search request, or the searchhead may spawn different ERP processes for different virtual indices.Generally, virtual indices that share common data configurations orprotocols may share ERP processes. For example, all search queryreferences to a Hadoop file system may be processed by the same ERPprocess, if the ERP process is suitably configured. Likewise, all searchquery references to a SQL database may be processed by the same ERPprocess. In addition, the search head may provide a common ERP processfor common external data source types (e.g., a common vendor may utilizea common ERP process, even if the vendor includes different data storagesystem types, such as Hadoop and SQL). Common indexing schemes also maybe handled by common ERP processes, such as flat text files or Weblogfiles.

The search head 210 determines the number of ERP processes to beinitiated via the use of configuration parameters that are included in asearch request message. Generally, there is a one-to-many relationshipbetween an external results provider “family” and ERP processes. Thereis also a one-to-many relationship between an ERP process andcorresponding virtual indices that are referred to in a search request.For example, using RDBMS, assume two independent instances of such asystem by one vendor, such as one RDBMS for production and another RDBMSused for development. In such a situation, it is likely preferable (butoptional) to use two ERP processes to maintain the independent operationas between production and development data. Both of the ERPs, however,will belong to the same family, because the two RDBMS system types arefrom the same vendor.

The ERP processes 410, 412 receive a search request from the search head210. The search head may optimize the received search request forexecution at the respective external virtual index. Alternatively, theERP process may receive a search request as a result of analysisperformed by the search head or by a different system process. The ERPprocesses 410, 412 can communicate with the search head 210 viaconventional input/output routines (e.g., standard in/standard out,etc.). In this way, the ERP process receives the search request from aclient device such that the search request may be efficiently executedat the corresponding external virtual index.

The ERP processes 410, 412 may be implemented as a process of the dataintake and query system. Each ERP process may be provided by the dataintake and query system, or may be provided by process or applicationproviders who are independent of the data intake and query system. Eachrespective ERP process may include an interface application installed ata computer of the external result provider that ensures propercommunication between the search support system and the external resultprovider. The ERP processes 410, 412 generate appropriate searchrequests in the protocol and syntax of the respective virtual indices414, 416, each of which corresponds to the search request received bythe search head 210. Upon receiving search results from theircorresponding virtual indices, the respective ERP process passes theresult to the search head 210, which may return or display the resultsor a processed set of results based on the returned results to therespective client device.

Client devices 404 may communicate with the data intake and query system108 through a network interface 420, e.g., one or more LANs, WANs,cellular networks, intranetworks, and/or internetworks using any ofwired, wireless, terrestrial microwave, satellite links, etc., and mayinclude the public Internet.

The analytics platform utilizing the External Result Provider processdescribed in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,738,629, entitled “EXTERNALRESULT PROVIDED PROCESS FOR RETRIEVING DATA STORED USING A DIFFERENTCONFIGURATION OR PROTOCOL”, issued on 27 May 2014, U.S. Pat. No.8,738,587, entitled “PROCESSING A SYSTEM SEARCH REQUEST BY RETRIEVINGRESULTS FROM BOTH A NATIVE INDEX AND A VIRTUAL INDEX”, issued on 25 Jul.2013, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/266,832, entitled “PROCESSINGA SYSTEM SEARCH REQUEST ACROSS DISPARATE DATA COLLECTION SYSTEMS”, filedon 1 May 2014, and U.S. Pat. No. 9,514,189, entitled “PROCESSING ASYSTEM SEARCH REQUEST INCLUDING EXTERNAL DATA SOURCES”, issued on 6 Dec.2016, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entiretyfor all purposes.

2.6.1. ERP Process Features

The ERP processes described above may include two operation modes: astreaming mode and a reporting mode. The ERP processes can operate instreaming mode only, in reporting mode only, or in both modessimultaneously. Operating in both modes simultaneously is referred to asmixed mode operation. In a mixed mode operation, the ERP at some pointcan stop providing the search head with streaming results and onlyprovide reporting results thereafter, or the search head at some pointmay start ignoring streaming results it has been using and only usereporting results thereafter.

The streaming mode returns search results in real time, with minimalprocessing, in response to the search request. The reporting modeprovides results of a search request with processing of the searchresults prior to providing them to the requesting search head, which inturn provides results to the requesting client device. ERP operationwith such multiple modes provides greater performance flexibility withregard to report time, search latency, and resource utilization.

In a mixed mode operation, both streaming mode and reporting mode areoperating simultaneously. The streaming mode results (e.g., the machinedata obtained from the external data source) are provided to the searchhead, which can then process the results data (e.g., break the machinedata into events, timestamp it, filter it, etc.) and integrate theresults data with the results data from other external data sources,and/or from data stores of the search head. The search head performssuch processing and can immediately start returning interim (streamingmode) results to the user at the requesting client device;simultaneously, the search head is waiting for the ERP process toprocess the data it is retrieving from the external data source as aresult of the concurrently executing reporting mode.

In some instances, the ERP process initially operates in a mixed mode,such that the streaming mode operates to enable the ERP quickly toreturn interim results (e.g., some of the machined data or unprocesseddata necessary to respond to a search request) to the search head,enabling the search head to process the interim results and beginproviding to the client or search requester interim results that areresponsive to the query. Meanwhile, in this mixed mode, the ERP alsooperates concurrently in reporting mode, processing portions of machinedata in a manner responsive to the search query. Upon determining thatit has results from the reporting mode available to return to the searchhead, the ERP may halt processing in the mixed mode at that time (orsome later time) by stopping the return of data in streaming mode to thesearch head and switching to reporting mode only. The ERP at this pointstarts sending interim results in reporting mode to the search head,which in turn may then present this processed data responsive to thesearch request to the client or search requester. Typically the searchhead switches from using results from the ERP's streaming mode ofoperation to results from the ERP's reporting mode of operation when thehigher bandwidth results from the reporting mode outstrip the amount ofdata processed by the search head in the streaming mode of ERPoperation.

A reporting mode may have a higher bandwidth because the ERP does nothave to spend time transferring data to the search head for processingall the machine data. In addition, the ERP may optionally direct anotherprocessor to do the processing.

The streaming mode of operation does not need to be stopped to gain thehigher bandwidth benefits of a reporting mode; the search head couldsimply stop using the streaming mode results—and start using thereporting mode results—when the bandwidth of the reporting mode hascaught up with or exceeded the amount of bandwidth provided by thestreaming mode. Thus, a variety of triggers and ways to accomplish asearch head's switch from using streaming mode results to usingreporting mode results may be appreciated by one skilled in the art.

The reporting mode can involve the ERP process (or an external system)performing event breaking, time stamping, filtering of events to matchthe search query request, and calculating statistics on the results. Theuser can request particular types of data, such as if the search queryitself involves types of events, or the search request may ask forstatistics on data, such as on events that meet the search request. Ineither case, the search head understands the query language used in thereceived query request, which may be a proprietary language. Oneexemplary query language is Splunk Processing Language (SPL) developedby the assignee of the application, Splunk Inc. The search headtypically understands how to use that language to obtain data from theindexers, which store data in a format used by the SPLUNK® Enterprisesystem.

The ERP processes support the search head, as the search head is notordinarily configured to understand the format in which data is storedin external data sources such as Hadoop or SQL data systems. Rather, theERP process performs that translation from the query submitted in thesearch support system's native format (e.g., SPL if SPLUNK® ENTERPRISEis used as the search support system) to a search query request formatthat will be accepted by the corresponding external data system. Theexternal data system typically stores data in a different format fromthat of the search support system's native index format, and it utilizesa different query language (e.g., SQL or MapReduce, rather than SPL orthe like).

As noted, the ERP process can operate in the streaming mode alone. Afterthe ERP process has performed the translation of the query request andreceived raw results from the streaming mode, the search head canintegrate the returned data with any data obtained from local datasources (e.g., native to the search support system), other external datasources, and other ERP processes (if such operations were required tosatisfy the terms of the search query). An advantage of mixed modeoperation is that, in addition to streaming mode, the ERP process isalso executing concurrently in reporting mode. Thus, the ERP process(rather than the search head) is processing query results (e.g.,performing event breaking, timestamping, filtering, possibly calculatingstatistics if required to be responsive to the search query request,etc.). It should be apparent to those skilled in the art that additionaltime is needed for the ERP process to perform the processing in such aconfiguration. Therefore, the streaming mode will allow the search headto start returning interim results to the user at the client devicebefore the ERP process can complete sufficient processing to startreturning any search results. The switchover between streaming andreporting mode happens when the ERP process determines that theswitchover is appropriate, such as when the ERP process determines itcan begin returning meaningful results from its reporting mode.

The operation described above illustrates the source of operationallatency: streaming mode has low latency (immediate results) and usuallyhas relatively low bandwidth (fewer results can be returned per unit oftime). In contrast, the concurrently running reporting mode hasrelatively high latency (it has to perform a lot more processing beforereturning any results) and usually has relatively high bandwidth (moreresults can be processed per unit of time). For example, when the ERPprocess does begin returning report results, it returns more processedresults than in the streaming mode, because, e.g., statistics only needto be calculated to be responsive to the search request. That is, theERP process doesn't have to take time to first return machine data tothe search head. As noted, the ERP process could be configured tooperate in streaming mode alone and return just the machine data for thesearch head to process in a way that is responsive to the searchrequest. Alternatively, the ERP process can be configured to operate inthe reporting mode only. Also, the ERP process can be configured tooperate in streaming mode and reporting mode concurrently, as described,with the ERP process stopping the transmission of streaming results tothe search head when the concurrently running reporting mode has caughtup and started providing results. The reporting mode does not requirethe processing of all machine data that is responsive to the searchquery request before the ERP process starts returning results; rather,the reporting mode usually performs processing of chunks of events andreturns the processing results to the search head for each chunk.

For example, an ERP process can be configured to merely return thecontents of a search result file verbatim, with little or no processingof results. That way, the search head performs all processing (such asparsing byte streams into events, filtering, etc.). The ERP process canbe configured to perform additional intelligence, such as analyzing thesearch request and handling all the computation that a native searchindexer process would otherwise perform. In this way, the configured ERPprocess provides greater flexibility in features while operatingaccording to desired preferences, such as response latency and resourcerequirements.

2.7. Data Ingestion

FIG. 5A is a flow chart of an example method that illustrates howindexers process, index, and store data received from forwarders, inaccordance with example embodiments. The data flow illustrated in FIG.5A is provided for illustrative purposes only; those skilled in the artwould understand that one or more of the steps of the processesillustrated in FIG. 5A may be removed or that the ordering of the stepsmay be changed. Furthermore, for the purposes of illustrating a clearexample, one or more particular system components are described in thecontext of performing various operations during each of the data flowstages. For example, a forwarder is described as receiving andprocessing machine data during an input phase; an indexer is describedas parsing and indexing machine data during parsing and indexing phases;and a search head is described as performing a search query during asearch phase. However, other system arrangements and distributions ofthe processing steps across system components may be used.

2.7.1. Input

At block 502, a forwarder receives data from an input source, such as adata source 202 shown in FIG. 2. A forwarder initially may receive thedata as a raw data stream generated by the input source. For example, aforwarder may receive a data stream from a log file generated by anapplication server, from a stream of network data from a network device,or from any other source of data. In some embodiments, a forwarderreceives the raw data and may segment the data stream into “blocks”,possibly of a uniform data size, to facilitate subsequent processingsteps.

At block 504, a forwarder or other system component annotates each blockgenerated from the raw data with one or more metadata fields. Thesemetadata fields may, for example, provide information related to thedata block as a whole and may apply to each event that is subsequentlyderived from the data in the data block. For example, the metadatafields may include separate fields specifying each of a host, a source,and a source type related to the data block. A host field may contain avalue identifying a host name or IP address of a device that generatedthe data. A source field may contain a value identifying a source of thedata, such as a pathname of a file or a protocol and port related toreceived network data. A source type field may contain a valuespecifying a particular source type label for the data. Additionalmetadata fields may also be included during the input phase, such as acharacter encoding of the data, if known, and possibly other values thatprovide information relevant to later processing steps. In someembodiments, a forwarder forwards the annotated data blocks to anothersystem component (typically an indexer) for further processing.

The data intake and query system allows forwarding of data from one dataintake and query instance to another, or even to a third-party system.The data intake and query system can employ different types offorwarders in a configuration.

In some embodiments, a forwarder may contain the essential componentsneeded to forward data. A forwarder can gather data from a variety ofinputs and forward the data to an indexer for indexing and searching. Aforwarder can also tag metadata (e.g., source, source type, host, etc.).

In some embodiments, a forwarder has the capabilities of theaforementioned forwarder as well as additional capabilities. Theforwarder can parse data before forwarding the data (e.g., can associatea time stamp with a portion of data and create an event, etc.) and canroute data based on criteria such as source or type of event. Theforwarder can also index data locally while forwarding the data toanother indexer.

2.7.2. Parsing

At block 506, an indexer receives data blocks from a forwarder andparses the data to organize the data into events. In some embodiments,to organize the data into events, an indexer may determine a source typeassociated with each data block (e.g., by extracting a source type labelfrom the metadata fields associated with the data block, etc.) and referto a source type configuration corresponding to the identified sourcetype. The source type definition may include one or more properties thatindicate to the indexer to automatically determine the boundaries withinthe received data that indicate the portions of machine data for events.In general, these properties may include regular expression-based rulesor delimiter rules where, for example, event boundaries may be indicatedby predefined characters or character strings. These predefinedcharacters may include punctuation marks or other special charactersincluding, for example, carriage returns, tabs, spaces, line breaks,etc. If a source type for the data is unknown to the indexer, an indexermay infer a source type for the data by examining the structure of thedata. Then, the indexer can apply an inferred source type definition tothe data to create the events.

At block 508, the indexer determines a timestamp for each event. Similarto the process for parsing machine data, an indexer may again refer to asource type definition associated with the data to locate one or moreproperties that indicate instructions for determining a timestamp foreach event. The properties may, for example, instruct an indexer toextract a time value from a portion of data for the event, tointerpolate time values based on timestamps associated with temporallyproximate events, to create a timestamp based on a time the portion ofmachine data was received or generated, to use the timestamp of aprevious event, or use any other rules for determining timestamps.

At block 510, the indexer associates with each event one or moremetadata fields including a field containing the timestamp determinedfor the event. In some embodiments, a timestamp may be included in themetadata fields. These metadata fields may include any number of“default fields” that are associated with all events, and may alsoinclude one more custom fields as defined by a user. Similar to themetadata fields associated with the data blocks at block 504, thedefault metadata fields associated with each event may include a host,source, and source type field including or in addition to a fieldstoring the timestamp.

At block 512, an indexer may optionally apply one or moretransformations to data included in the events created at block 506. Forexample, such transformations can include removing a portion of an event(e.g., a portion used to define event boundaries, extraneous charactersfrom the event, other extraneous text, etc.), masking a portion of anevent (e.g., masking a credit card number), removing redundant portionsof an event, etc. The transformations applied to events may, forexample, be specified in one or more configuration files and referencedby one or more source type definitions.

FIG. 5C illustrates an illustrative example of machine data can bestored in a data store in accordance with various disclosed embodiments.In other embodiments, machine data can be stored in a flat file in acorresponding bucket with an associated index file, such as a timeseries index or “TSIDX.” As such, the depiction of machine data andassociated metadata as rows and columns in the table of FIG. 5C ismerely illustrative and is not intended to limit the data format inwhich the machine data and metadata is stored in various embodimentsdescribed herein. In one particular embodiment, machine data can bestored in a compressed or encrypted formatted. In such embodiments, themachine data can be stored with or be associated with data thatdescribes the compression or encryption scheme with which the machinedata is stored. The information about the compression or encryptionscheme can be used to decompress or decrypt the machine data, and anymetadata with which it is stored, at search time.

As mentioned above, certain metadata, e.g., host 536, source 537, sourcetype 538 and timestamps 535 can be generated for each event, andassociated with a corresponding portion of machine data 539 when storingthe event data in a data store, e.g., data store 208. Any of themetadata can be extracted from the corresponding machine data, orsupplied or defined by an entity, such as a user or computer system. Themetadata fields can become part of or stored with the event. Note thatwhile the time-stamp metadata field can be extracted from the raw dataof each event, the values for the other metadata fields may bedetermined by the indexer based on information it receives pertaining tothe source of the data separate from the machine data.

While certain default or user-defined metadata fields can be extractedfrom the machine data for indexing purposes, all the machine data withinan event can be maintained in its original condition. As such, inembodiments in which the portion of machine data included in an event isunprocessed or otherwise unaltered, it is referred to herein as aportion of raw machine data. In other embodiments, the port of machinedata in an event can be processed or otherwise altered. As such, unlesscertain information needs to be removed for some reasons (e.g.extraneous information, confidential information), all the raw machinedata contained in an event can be preserved and saved in its originalform. Accordingly, the data store in which the event records are storedis sometimes referred to as a “raw record data store.” The raw recorddata store contains a record of the raw event data tagged with thevarious default fields.

In FIG. 5C, the first three rows of the table represent events 531, 532,and 533 and are related to a server access log that records requestsfrom multiple clients processed by a server, as indicated by entry of“access.log” in the source column 536.

In the example shown in FIG. 5C, each of the events 531-534 isassociated with a discrete request made from a client device. The rawmachine data generated by the server and extracted from a server accesslog can include the IP address of the client 540, the user id of theperson requesting the document 541, the time the server finishedprocessing the request 542, the request line from the client 543, thestatus code returned by the server to the client 545, the size of theobject returned to the client (in this case, the gif file requested bythe client) 546 and the time spent to serve the request in microseconds544. As seen in FIG. 5C, all the raw machine data retrieved from theserver access log is retained and stored as part of the correspondingevents, 531, 532, and 533 in the data store.

Event 534 is associated with an entry in a server error log, asindicated by “error.log” in the source column 537, that records errorsthat the server encountered when processing a client request. Similar tothe events related to the server access log, all the raw machine data inthe error log file pertaining to event 534 can be preserved and storedas part of the event 534. Saving minimally processed or unprocessedmachine data in a data store associated with metadata fields in themanner similar to that shown in FIG. 5C is advantageous because itallows search of all the machine data at search time instead ofsearching only previously specified and identified fields or field-valuepairs. As mentioned above, because data structures used by variousembodiments of the present disclosure maintain the underlying rawmachine data and use a late-binding schema for searching the rawmachines data, it enables a user to continue investigating and learnvaluable insights about the raw data. In other words, the user is notcompelled to know about all the fields of information that will beneeded at data ingestion time. As a user learns more about the data inthe events, the user can continue to refine the late-binding schema bydefining new extraction rules, or modifying or deleting existingextraction rules used by the system.

2.7.3. Indexing

At blocks 514 and 516, an indexer can optionally generate a keywordindex to facilitate fast keyword searching for events. To build akeyword index, at block 514, the indexer identifies a set of keywords ineach event. At block 516, the indexer includes the identified keywordsin an index, which associates each stored keyword with referencepointers to events containing that keyword (or to locations withinevents where that keyword is located, other location identifiers, etc.).When an indexer subsequently receives a keyword-based query, the indexercan access the keyword index to quickly identify events containing thekeyword.

In some embodiments, the keyword index may include entries for fieldname-value pairs found in events, where a field name-value pair caninclude a pair of keywords connected by a symbol, such as an equals signor colon. This way, events containing these field name-value pairs canbe quickly located. In some embodiments, fields can automatically begenerated for some or all of the field names of the field name-valuepairs at the time of indexing. For example, if the string“dest=10.0.1.2” is found in an event, a field named “dest” may becreated for the event, and assigned a value of “10.0.1.2”.

At block 518, the indexer stores the events with an associated timestampin a data store 208. Timestamps enable a user to search for events basedon a time range. In some embodiments, the stored events are organizedinto “buckets,” where each bucket stores events associated with aspecific time range based on the timestamps associated with each event.This improves time-based searching, as well as allows for events withrecent timestamps, which may have a higher likelihood of being accessed,to be stored in a faster memory to facilitate faster retrieval. Forexample, buckets containing the most recent events can be stored inflash memory rather than on a hard disk. In some embodiments, eachbucket may be associated with an identifier, a time range, and a sizeconstraint.

Each indexer 206 may be responsible for storing and searching a subsetof the events contained in a corresponding data store 208. Bydistributing events among the indexers and data stores, the indexers cananalyze events for a query in parallel. For example, using map-reducetechniques, each indexer returns partial responses for a subset ofevents to a search head that combines the results to produce an answerfor the query. By storing events in buckets for specific time ranges, anindexer may further optimize the data retrieval process by searchingbuckets corresponding to time ranges that are relevant to a query.

In some embodiments, each indexer has a home directory and a colddirectory. The home directory of an indexer stores hot buckets and warmbuckets, and the cold directory of an indexer stores cold buckets. A hotbucket is a bucket that is capable of receiving and storing events. Awarm bucket is a bucket that can no longer receive events for storagebut has not yet been moved to the cold directory. A cold bucket is abucket that can no longer receive events and may be a bucket that waspreviously stored in the home directory. The home directory may bestored in faster memory, such as flash memory, as events may be activelywritten to the home directory, and the home directory may typicallystore events that are more frequently searched and thus are accessedmore frequently. The cold directory may be stored in slower and/orlarger memory, such as a hard disk, as events are no longer beingwritten to the cold directory, and the cold directory may typicallystore events that are not as frequently searched and thus are accessedless frequently. In some embodiments, an indexer may also have aquarantine bucket that contains events having potentially inaccurateinformation, such as an incorrect time stamp associated with the eventor a time stamp that appears to be an unreasonable time stamp for thecorresponding event. The quarantine bucket may have events from any timerange; as such, the quarantine bucket may always be searched at searchtime. Additionally, an indexer may store old, archived data in a frozenbucket that is not capable of being searched at search time. In someembodiments, a frozen bucket may be stored in slower and/or largermemory, such as a hard disk, and may be stored in offline and/or remotestorage.

Moreover, events and buckets can also be replicated across differentindexers and data stores to facilitate high availability and disasterrecovery as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,130,971, entitled “SITE-BASEDSEARCH AFFINITY”, issued on 8 Sep. 2015, and in U.S. patent Ser. No.14/266,817, entitled “MULTI-SITE CLUSTERING”, issued on 1 Sep. 2015,each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety forall purposes.

FIG. 5B is a block diagram of an example data store 501 that includes adirectory for each index (or partition) that contains a portion of datamanaged by an indexer. FIG. 5B further illustrates details of anembodiment of an inverted index 507B and an event reference array 515associated with inverted index 507B.

The data store 501 can correspond to a data store 208 that stores eventsmanaged by an indexer 206 or can correspond to a different data storeassociated with an indexer 206. In the illustrated embodiment, the datastore 501 includes a _main directory 503 associated with a _main indexand a _test directory 505 associated with a _test index. However, thedata store 501 can include fewer or more directories. In someembodiments, multiple indexes can share a single directory or allindexes can share a common directory. Additionally, although illustratedas a single data store 501, it will be understood that the data store501 can be implemented as multiple data stores storing differentportions of the information shown in FIG. 5B. For example, a singleindex or partition can span multiple directories or multiple datastores, and can be indexed or searched by multiple correspondingindexers.

In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 5B, the index-specific directories503 and 505 include inverted indexes 507A, 507B and 509A, 509B,respectively. The inverted indexes 507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509Bcan be keyword indexes or field-value pair indexes described herein andcan include less or more information that depicted in FIG. 5B.

In some embodiments, the inverted index 507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . .509B can correspond to a distinct time-series bucket that is managed bythe indexer 206 and that contains events corresponding to the relevantindex (e.g., _main index, _test index). As such, each inverted index cancorrespond to a particular range of time for an index. Additional files,such as high performance indexes for each time-series bucket of anindex, can also be stored in the same directory as the inverted indexes507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B. In some embodiments inverted index507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B can correspond to multipletime-series buckets or inverted indexes 507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . .509B can correspond to a single time-series bucket.

Each inverted index 507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B can include oneor more entries, such as keyword (or token) entries or field-value pairentries. Furthermore, in certain embodiments, the inverted indexes 507A. . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B can include additional information, suchas a time range 523 associated with the inverted index or an indexidentifier 525 identifying the index associated with the inverted index507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B. However, each inverted index 507A. . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B can include less or more informationthan depicted.

Token entries, such as token entries 511 illustrated in inverted index507B, can include a token 511A (e.g., “error,” “itemID,” etc.) and eventreferences 511B indicative of events that include the token. Forexample, for the token “error,” the corresponding token entry includesthe token “error” and an event reference, or unique identifier, for eachevent stored in the corresponding time-series bucket that includes thetoken “error.” In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 5B, the error tokenentry includes the identifiers 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, and 12 corresponding toevents managed by the indexer 206 and associated with the index _main503 that are located in the time-series bucket associated with theinverted index 507B.

In some cases, some token entries can be default entries, automaticallydetermined entries, or user specified entries. In some embodiments, theindexer 206 can identify each word or string in an event as a distincttoken and generate a token entry for it. In some cases, the indexer 206can identify the beginning and ending of tokens based on punctuation,spaces, as described in greater detail herein. In certain cases, theindexer 206 can rely on user input or a configuration file to identifytokens for token entries 511, etc. It will be understood that anycombination of token entries can be included as a default, automaticallydetermined, a or included based on user-specified criteria.

Similarly, field-value pair entries, such as field-value pair entries513 shown in inverted index 507B, can include a field-value pair 513Aand event references 513B indicative of events that include a fieldvalue that corresponds to the field-value pair. For example, for afield-value pair sourcetype::sendmail, a field-value pair entry wouldinclude the field-value pair sourcetype::sendmail and a uniqueidentifier, or event reference, for each event stored in thecorresponding time-series bucket that includes a sendmail sourcetype.

In some cases, the field-value pair entries 513 can be default entries,automatically determined entries, or user specified entries. As anon-limiting example, the field-value pair entries for the fields host,source, sourcetype can be included in the inverted indexes 507A . . .507B, and 509A . . . 509B as a default. As such, all of the invertedindexes 507A . . . 507B, and 509A . . . 509B can include field-valuepair entries for the fields host, source, sourcetype. As yet anothernon-limiting example, the field-value pair entries for the IP_addressfield can be user specified and may only appear in the inverted index507B based on user-specified criteria. As another non-limiting example,as the indexer indexes the events, it can automatically identifyfield-value pairs and create field-value pair entries. For example,based on the indexers review of events, it can identify IP_address as afield in each event and add the IP_address field-value pair entries tothe inverted index 507B. It will be understood that any combination offield-value pair entries can be included as a default, automaticallydetermined, or included based on user-specified criteria.

Each unique identifier 517, or event reference, can correspond to aunique event located in the time series bucket. However, the same eventreference can be located in multiple entries. For example if an eventhas a sourcetype splunkd, host www1 and token “warning,” then the uniqueidentifier for the event will appear in the field-value pair entriessourcetype::splunkd and host::www1, as well as the token entry“warning.” With reference to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 5B andthe event that corresponds to the event reference 3, the event reference3 is found in the field-value pair entries 513 host::hostA,source::sourceB, sourcetype::sourcetypeA, and IP_address::91.205.189.15indicating that the event corresponding to the event references is fromhostA, sourceB, of sourcetypeA, and includes 91.205.189.15 in the eventdata.

For some fields, the unique identifier is located in only onefield-value pair entry for a particular field. For example, the invertedindex may include four sourcetype field-value pair entries correspondingto four different sourcetypes of the events stored in a bucket (e.g.,sourcetypes: sendmail, splunkd, web_access, and web_service). Withinthose four sourcetype field-value pair entries, an identifier for aparticular event may appear in only one of the field-value pair entries.With continued reference to the example illustrated embodiment of FIG.5B, since the event reference 7 appears in the field-value pair entrysourcetype::sourcetypeA, then it does not appear in the otherfield-value pair entries for the sourcetype field, includingsourcetype::sourcetypeB, sourcetype::sourcetypeC, andsourcetype::sourcetypeD.

The event references 517 can be used to locate the events in thecorresponding bucket. For example, the inverted index can include, or beassociated with, an event reference array 515. The event reference array515 can include an array entry 517 for each event reference in theinverted index 507B. Each array entry 517 can include locationinformation 519 of the event corresponding to the unique identifier(non-limiting example: seek address of the event), a timestamp 521associated with the event, or additional information regarding the eventassociated with the event reference, etc.

For each token entry 511 or field-value pair entry 513, the eventreference 501B or unique identifiers can be listed in chronologicalorder or the value of the event reference can be assigned based onchronological data, such as a timestamp associated with the eventreferenced by the event reference. For example, the event reference 1 inthe illustrated embodiment of FIG. 5B can correspond to thefirst-in-time event for the bucket, and the event reference 12 cancorrespond to the last-in-time event for the bucket. However, the eventreferences can be listed in any order, such as reverse chronologicalorder, ascending order, descending order, or some other order, etc.Further, the entries can be sorted. For example, the entries can besorted alphabetically (collectively or within a particular group), byentry origin (e.g., default, automatically generated, user-specified,etc.), by entry type (e.g., field-value pair entry, token entry, etc.),or chronologically by when added to the inverted index, etc. In theillustrated embodiment of FIG. 5B, the entries are sorted first by entrytype and then alphabetically.

As a non-limiting example of how the inverted indexes 507A . . . 507B,and 509A . . . 509B can be used during a data categorization requestcommand, the indexers can receive filter criteria indicating data thatis to be categorized and categorization criteria indicating how the datais to be categorized. Example filter criteria can include, but is notlimited to, indexes (or partitions), hosts, sources, sourcetypes, timeranges, field identifier, keywords, etc.

Using the filter criteria, the indexer identifies relevant invertedindexes to be searched. For example, if the filter criteria includes aset of partitions, the indexer can identify the inverted indexes storedin the directory corresponding to the particular partition as relevantinverted indexes. Other means can be used to identify inverted indexesassociated with a partition of interest. For example, in someembodiments, the indexer can review an entry in the inverted indexes,such as an index-value pair entry 513 to determine if a particularinverted index is relevant. If the filter criteria does not identify anypartition, then the indexer can identify all inverted indexes managed bythe indexer as relevant inverted indexes.

Similarly, if the filter criteria includes a time range, the indexer canidentify inverted indexes corresponding to buckets that satisfy at leasta portion of the time range as relevant inverted indexes. For example,if the time range is last hour then the indexer can identify allinverted indexes that correspond to buckets storing events associatedwith timestamps within the last hour as relevant inverted indexes.

When used in combination, an index filter criterion specifying one ormore partitions and a time range filter criterion specifying aparticular time range can be used to identify a subset of invertedindexes within a particular directory (or otherwise associated with aparticular partition) as relevant inverted indexes. As such, the indexercan focus the processing to only a subset of the total number ofinverted indexes that the indexer manages.

Once the relevant inverted indexes are identified, the indexer canreview them using any additional filter criteria to identify events thatsatisfy the filter criteria. In some cases, using the known location ofthe directory in which the relevant inverted indexes are located, theindexer can determine that any events identified using the relevantinverted indexes satisfy an index filter criterion. For example, if thefilter criteria includes a partition main, then the indexer candetermine that any events identified using inverted indexes within thepartition main directory (or otherwise associated with the partitionmain) satisfy the index filter criterion.

Furthermore, based on the time range associated with each invertedindex, the indexer can determine that that any events identified using aparticular inverted index satisfies a time range filter criterion. Forexample, if a time range filter criterion is for the last hour and aparticular inverted index corresponds to events within a time range of50 minutes ago to 35 minutes ago, the indexer can determine that anyevents identified using the particular inverted index satisfy the timerange filter criterion. Conversely, if the particular inverted indexcorresponds to events within a time range of 59 minutes ago to 62minutes ago, the indexer can determine that some events identified usingthe particular inverted index may not satisfy the time range filtercriterion.

Using the inverted indexes, the indexer can identify event references(and therefore events) that satisfy the filter criteria. For example, ifthe token “error” is a filter criterion, the indexer can track all eventreferences within the token entry “error.” Similarly, the indexer canidentify other event references located in other token entries orfield-value pair entries that match the filter criteria. The system canidentify event references located in all of the entries identified bythe filter criteria. For example, if the filter criteria include thetoken “error” and field-value pair sourcetype::web_ui, the indexer cantrack the event references found in both the token entry “error” and thefield-value pair entry sourcetype::web_ui. As mentioned previously, insome cases, such as when multiple values are identified for a particularfilter criterion (e.g., multiple sources for a source filter criterion),the system can identify event references located in at least one of theentries corresponding to the multiple values and in all other entriesidentified by the filter criteria. The indexer can determine that theevents associated with the identified event references satisfy thefilter criteria.

In some cases, the indexer can further consult a timestamp associatedwith the event reference to determine whether an event satisfies thefilter criteria. For example, if an inverted index corresponds to a timerange that is partially outside of a time range filter criterion, thenthe indexer can consult a timestamp associated with the event referenceto determine whether the corresponding event satisfies the time rangecriterion. In some embodiments, to identify events that satisfy a timerange, the indexer can review an array, such as the event referencearray 1614 that identifies the time associated with the events.Furthermore, as mentioned above using the known location of thedirectory in which the relevant inverted indexes are located (or otherindex identifier), the indexer can determine that any events identifiedusing the relevant inverted indexes satisfy the index filter criterion.

In some cases, based on the filter criteria, the indexer reviews anextraction rule. In certain embodiments, if the filter criteria includesa field name that does not correspond to a field-value pair entry in aninverted index, the indexer can review an extraction rule, which may belocated in a configuration file, to identify a field that corresponds toa field-value pair entry in the inverted index.

For example, the filter criteria includes a field name “sessionID” andthe indexer determines that at least one relevant inverted index doesnot include a field-value pair entry corresponding to the field namesessionID, the indexer can review an extraction rule that identifies howthe sessionID field is to be extracted from a particular host, source,or sourcetype (implicitly identifying the particular host, source, orsourcetype that includes a sessionID field). The indexer can replace thefield name “sessionID” in the filter criteria with the identified host,source, or sourcetype. In some cases, the field name “sessionID” may beassociated with multiples hosts, sources, or sourcetypes, in which case,all identified hosts, sources, and sourcetypes can be added as filtercriteria. In some cases, the identified host, source, or sourcetype canreplace or be appended to a filter criterion, or be excluded. Forexample, if the filter criteria includes a criterion for source S1 andthe “sessionID” field is found in source S2, the source S2 can replaceS1 in the filter criteria, be appended such that the filter criteriaincludes source S1 and source S2, or be excluded based on the presenceof the filter criterion source S1. If the identified host, source, orsourcetype is included in the filter criteria, the indexer can thenidentify a field-value pair entry in the inverted index that includes afield value corresponding to the identity of the particular host,source, or sourcetype identified using the extraction rule.

Once the events that satisfy the filter criteria are identified, thesystem, such as the indexer 206 can categorize the results based on thecategorization criteria. The categorization criteria can includecategories for grouping the results, such as any combination ofpartition, source, sourcetype, or host, or other categories or fields asdesired.

The indexer can use the categorization criteria to identifycategorization criteria-value pairs or categorization criteria values bywhich to categorize or group the results. The categorizationcriteria-value pairs can correspond to one or more field-value pairentries stored in a relevant inverted index, one or more index-valuepairs based on a directory in which the inverted index is located or anentry in the inverted index (or other means by which an inverted indexcan be associated with a partition), or other criteria-value pair thatidentifies a general category and a particular value for that category.The categorization criteria values can correspond to the value portionof the categorization criteria-value pair.

As mentioned, in some cases, the categorization criteria-value pairs cancorrespond to one or more field-value pair entries stored in therelevant inverted indexes. For example, the categorizationcriteria-value pairs can correspond to field-value pair entries of host,source, and sourcetype (or other field-value pair entry as desired). Forinstance, if there are ten different hosts, four different sources, andfive different sourcetypes for an inverted index, then the invertedindex can include ten host field-value pair entries, four sourcefield-value pair entries, and five sourcetype field-value pair entries.The indexer can use the nineteen distinct field-value pair entries ascategorization criteria-value pairs to group the results.

Specifically, the indexer can identify the location of the eventreferences associated with the events that satisfy the filter criteriawithin the field-value pairs, and group the event references based ontheir location. As such, the indexer can identify the particular fieldvalue associated with the event corresponding to the event reference.For example, if the categorization criteria include host and sourcetype,the host field-value pair entries and sourcetype field-value pairentries can be used as categorization criteria-value pairs to identifythe specific host and sourcetype associated with the events that satisfythe filter criteria.

In addition, as mentioned, categorization criteria-value pairs cancorrespond to data other than the field-value pair entries in therelevant inverted indexes. For example, if partition or index is used asa categorization criterion, the inverted indexes may not includepartition field-value pair entries. Rather, the indexer can identify thecategorization criteria-value pair associated with the partition basedon the directory in which an inverted index is located, information inthe inverted index, or other information that associates the invertedindex with the partition, etc. As such a variety of methods can be usedto identify the categorization criteria-value pairs from thecategorization criteria.

Accordingly based on the categorization criteria (and categorizationcriteria-value pairs), the indexer can generate groupings based on theevents that satisfy the filter criteria. As a non-limiting example, ifthe categorization criteria includes a partition and sourcetype, thenthe groupings can correspond to events that are associated with eachunique combination of partition and sourcetype. For instance, if thereare three different partitions and two different sourcetypes associatedwith the identified events, then the six different groups can be formed,each with a unique partition value-sourcetype value combination.Similarly, if the categorization criteria includes partition,sourcetype, and host and there are two different partitions, threesourcetypes, and five hosts associated with the identified events, thenthe indexer can generate up to thirty groups for the results thatsatisfy the filter criteria. Each group can be associated with a uniquecombination of categorization criteria-value pairs (e.g., uniquecombinations of partition value sourcetype value, and host value).

In addition, the indexer can count the number of events associated witheach group based on the number of events that meet the uniquecombination of categorization criteria for a particular group (or matchthe categorization criteria-value pairs for the particular group). Withcontinued reference to the example above, the indexer can count thenumber of events that meet the unique combination of partition,sourcetype, and host for a particular group.

Each indexer communicates the groupings to the search head. The searchhead can aggregate the groupings from the indexers and provide thegroupings for display. In some cases, the groups are displayed based onat least one of the host, source, sourcetype, or partition associatedwith the groupings. In some embodiments, the search head can furtherdisplay the groups based on display criteria, such as a display order ora sort order as described in greater detail above.

As a non-limiting example and with reference to FIG. 5B, consider arequest received by an indexer 206 that includes the following filtercriteria: keyword=error, partition=_main, time range=3/1/1716:22.00.000-16:28.00.000, sourcetype=sourcetypeC, host=hostB, and thefollowing categorization criteria: source.

Based on the above criteria, the indexer 206 identifies _main directory503 and can ignore _test directory 505 and any other partition-specificdirectories. The indexer determines that inverted partition 507B is arelevant partition based on its location within the _main directory 503and the time range associated with it. For sake of simplicity in thisexample, the indexer 206 determines that no other inverted indexes inthe _main directory 503, such as inverted index 507A satisfy the timerange criterion.

Having identified the relevant inverted index 507B, the indexer reviewsthe token entries 511 and the field-value pair entries 513 to identifyevent references, or events, that satisfy all of the filter criteria.

With respect to the token entries 511, the indexer can review the errortoken entry and identify event references 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, indicatingthat the term “error” is found in the corresponding events. Similarly,the indexer can identify event references 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 in thefield-value pair entry sourcetype::sourcetypeC and event references 2,5, 6, 8, 10, 11 in the field-value pair entry host::hostB. As the filtercriteria did not include a source or an IP_address field-value pair, theindexer can ignore those field-value pair entries.

In addition to identifying event references found in at least one tokenentry or field-value pair entry (e.g., event references 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,9, 10, 11, 12), the indexer can identify events (and corresponding eventreferences) that satisfy the time range criterion using the eventreference array 1614 (e.g., event references 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10). Using the information obtained from the inverted index 507B(including the event reference array 515), the indexer 206 can identifythe event references that satisfy all of the filter criteria (e.g.,event references 5, 6, 8).

Having identified the events (and event references) that satisfy all ofthe filter criteria, the indexer 206 can group the event referencesusing the received categorization criteria (source). In doing so, theindexer can determine that event references 5 and 6 are located in thefield-value pair entry source::sourceD (or have matching categorizationcriteria-value pairs) and event reference 8 is located in thefield-value pair entry source::sourceC. Accordingly, the indexer cangenerate a sourceC group having a count of one corresponding toreference 8 and a sourceD group having a count of two corresponding toreferences 5 and 6. This information can be communicated to the searchhead. In turn the search head can aggregate the results from the variousindexers and display the groupings. As mentioned above, in someembodiments, the groupings can be displayed based at least in part onthe categorization criteria, including at least one of host, source,sourcetype, or partition.

It will be understood that a change to any of the filter criteria orcategorization criteria can result in different groupings. As a onenon-limiting example, a request received by an indexer 206 that includesthe following filter criteria: partition=_main, time range=3/1/17 3/1/1716:21:20.000-16:28:17.000, and the following categorization criteria:host, source, sourcetype would result in the indexer identifying eventreferences 1-12 as satisfying the filter criteria. The indexer wouldthen generate up to 24 groupings corresponding to the 24 differentcombinations of the categorization criteria-value pairs, including host(hostA, hostB), source (sourceA, sourceB, sourceC, sourceD), andsourcetype (sourcetypeA, sourcetypeB, sourcetypeC). However, as thereare only twelve events identifiers in the illustrated embodiment andsome fall into the same grouping, the indexer generates eight groups andcounts as follows:

Group 1 (hostA, sourceA, sourcetypeA): 1 (event reference 7)

Group 2 (hostA, sourceA, sourcetypeB): 2 (event references 1, 12)

Group 3 (hostA, sourceA, sourcetypeC): 1 (event reference 4)

Group 4 (hostA, sourceB, sourcetypeA): 1 (event reference 3)

Group 5 (hostA, sourceB, sourcetypeC): 1 (event reference 9)

Group 6 (hostB, sourceC, sourcetypeA): 1 (event reference 2)

Group 7 (hostB, sourceC, sourcetypeC): 2 (event references 8, 11)

Group 8 (hostB, sourceD, sourcetypeC): 3 (event references 5, 6, 10)

As noted, each group has a unique combination of categorizationcriteria-value pairs or categorization criteria values. The indexercommunicates the groups to the search head for aggregation with resultsreceived from other indexers. In communicating the groups to the searchhead, the indexer can include the categorization criteria-value pairsfor each group and the count. In some embodiments, the indexer caninclude more or less information. For example, the indexer can includethe event references associated with each group and other identifyinginformation, such as the indexer or inverted index used to identify thegroups.

As another non-limiting examples, a request received by an indexer 206that includes the following filter criteria: partition=_main, timerange=3/1/17 3/1/17 16:21:20.000-16:28:17.000, source=sourceA, sourceD,and keyword=itemID and the following categorization criteria: host,source, sourcetype would result in the indexer identifying eventreferences 4, 7, and 10 as satisfying the filter criteria, and generatethe following groups:

Group 1 (hostA, sourceA, sourcetypeC): 1 (event reference 4)

Group 2 (hostA, sourceA, sourcetypeA): 1 (event reference 7)

Group 3 (hostB, sourceD, sourcetypeC): 1 (event references 10)

The indexer communicates the groups to the search head for aggregationwith results received from other indexers. As will be understand thereare myriad ways for filtering and categorizing the events and eventreferences. For example, the indexer can review multiple invertedindexes associated with an partition or review the inverted indexes ofmultiple partitions, and categorize the data using any one or anycombination of partition, host, source, sourcetype, or other category,as desired.

Further, if a user interacts with a particular group, the indexer canprovide additional information regarding the group. For example, theindexer can perform a targeted search or sampling of the events thatsatisfy the filter criteria and the categorization criteria for theselected group, also referred to as the filter criteria corresponding tothe group or filter criteria associated with the group.

In some cases, to provide the additional information, the indexer relieson the inverted index. For example, the indexer can identify the eventreferences associated with the events that satisfy the filter criteriaand the categorization criteria for the selected group and then use theevent reference array 515 to access some or all of the identifiedevents. In some cases, the categorization criteria values orcategorization criteria-value pairs associated with the group becomepart of the filter criteria for the review.

With reference to FIG. 5B for instance, suppose a group is displayedwith a count of six corresponding to event references 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11(i.e., event references 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11 satisfy the filter criteriaand are associated with matching categorization criteria values orcategorization criteria-value pairs) and a user interacts with the group(e.g., selecting the group, clicking on the group, etc.). In response,the search head communicates with the indexer to provide additionalinformation regarding the group.

In some embodiments, the indexer identifies the event referencesassociated with the group using the filter criteria and thecategorization criteria for the group (e.g., categorization criteriavalues or categorization criteria-value pairs unique to the group).Together, the filter criteria and the categorization criteria for thegroup can be referred to as the filter criteria associated with thegroup. Using the filter criteria associated with the group, the indexeridentifies event references 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11.

Based on a sampling criteria, discussed in greater detail above, theindexer can determine that it will analyze a sample of the eventsassociated with the event references 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11. For example,the sample can include analyzing event data associated with the eventreferences 5, 8, 10. In some embodiments, the indexer can use the eventreference array 1616 to access the event data associated with the eventreferences 5, 8, 10. Once accessed, the indexer can compile the relevantinformation and provide it to the search head for aggregation withresults from other indexers. By identifying events and sampling eventdata using the inverted indexes, the indexer can reduce the amount ofactual data this is analyzed and the number of events that are accessedin order to generate the summary of the group and provide a response inless time.

2.8. Query Processing

FIG. 6A is a flow diagram of an example method that illustrates how asearch head and indexers perform a search query, in accordance withexample embodiments. At block 602, a search head receives a search queryfrom a client. At block 604, the search head analyzes the search queryto determine what portion(s) of the query can be delegated to indexersand what portions of the query can be executed locally by the searchhead. At block 606, the search head distributes the determined portionsof the query to the appropriate indexers. In some embodiments, a searchhead cluster may take the place of an independent search head where eachsearch head in the search head cluster coordinates with peer searchheads in the search head cluster to schedule jobs, replicate searchresults, update configurations, fulfill search requests, etc. In someembodiments, the search head (or each search head) communicates with amaster node (also known as a cluster master, not shown in FIG. 2) thatprovides the search head with a list of indexers to which the searchhead can distribute the determined portions of the query. The masternode maintains a list of active indexers and can also designate whichindexers may have responsibility for responding to queries over certainsets of events. A search head may communicate with the master nodebefore the search head distributes queries to indexers to discover theaddresses of active indexers.

At block 608, the indexers to which the query was distributed, searchdata stores associated with them for events that are responsive to thequery. To determine which events are responsive to the query, theindexer searches for events that match the criteria specified in thequery. These criteria can include matching keywords or specific valuesfor certain fields. The searching operations at block 608 may use thelate-binding schema to extract values for specified fields from eventsat the time the query is processed. In some embodiments, one or morerules for extracting field values may be specified as part of a sourcetype definition in a configuration file. The indexers may then eithersend the relevant events back to the search head, or use the events todetermine a partial result, and send the partial result back to thesearch head.

At block 610, the search head combines the partial results and/or eventsreceived from the indexers to produce a final result for the query. Insome examples, the results of the query are indicative of performance orsecurity of the IT environment and may help improve the performance ofcomponents in the IT environment. This final result may comprisedifferent types of data depending on what the query requested. Forexample, the results can include a listing of matching events returnedby the query, or some type of visualization of the data from thereturned events. In another example, the final result can include one ormore calculated values derived from the matching events.

The results generated by the system 108 can be returned to a clientusing different techniques. For example, one technique streams resultsor relevant events back to a client in real-time as they are identified.Another technique waits to report the results to the client until acomplete set of results (which may include a set of relevant events or aresult based on relevant events) is ready to return to the client. Yetanother technique streams interim results or relevant events back to theclient in real-time until a complete set of results is ready, and thenreturns the complete set of results to the client. In another technique,certain results are stored as “search jobs” and the client may retrievethe results by referring the search jobs.

The search head can also perform various operations to make the searchmore efficient. For example, before the search head begins execution ofa query, the search head can determine a time range for the query and aset of common keywords that all matching events include. The search headmay then use these parameters to query the indexers to obtain a supersetof the eventual results. Then, during a filtering stage, the search headcan perform field-extraction operations on the superset to produce areduced set of search results. This speeds up queries, which may beparticularly helpful for queries that are performed on a periodic basis.

2.9. PIPELINED SEARCH LANGUAGE

Various embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented using,or in conjunction with, a pipelined command language. A pipelinedcommand language is a language in which a set of inputs or data isoperated on by a first command in a sequence of commands, and thensubsequent commands in the order they are arranged in the sequence. Suchcommands can include any type of functionality for operating on data,such as retrieving, searching, filtering, aggregating, processing,transmitting, and the like. As described herein, a query can thus beformulated in a pipelined command language and include any number ofordered or unordered commands for operating on data.

Splunk Processing Language (SPL) is an example of a pipelined commandlanguage in which a set of inputs or data is operated on by any numberof commands in a particular sequence. A sequence of commands, or commandsequence, can be formulated such that the order in which the commandsare arranged defines the order in which the commands are applied to aset of data or the results of an earlier executed command. For example,a first command in a command sequence can operate to search or filterfor specific data in particular set of data. The results of the firstcommand can then be passed to another command listed later in thecommand sequence for further processing.

In various embodiments, a query can be formulated as a command sequencedefined in a command line of a search UI. In some embodiments, a querycan be formulated as a sequence of SPL commands. Some or all of the SPLcommands in the sequence of SPL commands can be separated from oneanother by a pipe symbol “I”. In such embodiments, a set of data, suchas a set of events, can be operated on by a first SPL command in thesequence, and then a subsequent SPL command following a pipe symbol “I”after the first SPL command operates on the results produced by thefirst SPL command or other set of data, and so on for any additional SPLcommands in the sequence. As such, a query formulated using SPLcomprises a series of consecutive commands that are delimited by pipe“I” characters. The pipe character indicates to the system that theoutput or result of one command (to the left of the pipe) should be usedas the input for one of the subsequent commands (to the right of thepipe). This enables formulation of queries defined by a pipeline ofsequenced commands that refines or enhances the data at each step alongthe pipeline until the desired results are attained. Accordingly,various embodiments described herein can be implemented with SplunkProcessing Language (SPL) used in conjunction with the SPLUNK®ENTERPRISE system.

While a query can be formulated in many ways, a query can start with asearch command and one or more corresponding search terms at thebeginning of the pipeline. Such search terms can include any combinationof keywords, phrases, times, dates, Boolean expressions, fieldname-fieldvalue pairs, etc. that specify which results should be obtained from anindex. The results can then be passed as inputs into subsequent commandsin a sequence of commands by using, for example, a pipe character. Thesubsequent commands in a sequence can include directives for additionalprocessing of the results once it has been obtained from one or moreindexes. For example, commands may be used to filter unwantedinformation out of the results, extract more information, evaluate fieldvalues, calculate statistics, reorder the results, create an alert,create summary of the results, or perform some type of aggregationfunction. In some embodiments, the summary can include a graph, chart,metric, or other visualization of the data. An aggregation function caninclude analysis or calculations to return an aggregate value, such asan average value, a sum, a maximum value, a root mean square,statistical values, and the like.

Due to its flexible nature, use of a pipelined command language invarious embodiments is advantageous because it can perform “filtering”as well as “processing” functions. In other words, a single query caninclude a search command and search term expressions, as well asdata-analysis expressions. For example, a command at the beginning of aquery can perform a “filtering” step by retrieving a set of data basedon a condition (e.g., records associated with server response times ofless than 1 microsecond). The results of the filtering step can then bepassed to a subsequent command in the pipeline that performs a“processing” step (e.g. calculation of an aggregate value related to thefiltered events such as the average response time of servers withresponse times of less than 1 microsecond). Furthermore, the searchcommand can allow events to be filtered by keyword as well as fieldvalue criteria. For example, a search command can filter out all eventscontaining the word “warning” or filter out all events where a fieldvalue associated with a field “clientip” is “10.0.1.2.”

The results obtained or generated in response to a command in a querycan be considered a set of results data. The set of results data can bepassed from one command to another in any data format. In oneembodiment, the set of result data can be in the form of a dynamicallycreated table. Each command in a particular query can redefine the shapeof the table. In some implementations, an event retrieved from an indexin response to a query can be considered a row with a column for eachfield value. Columns contain basic information about the data and alsomay contain data that has been dynamically extracted at search time.

FIG. 6B provides a visual representation of the manner in which apipelined command language or query operates in accordance with thedisclosed embodiments. The query 630 can be inputted by the user into asearch. The query comprises a search, the results of which are piped totwo commands (namely, command 1 and command 2) that follow the searchstep.

Disk 622 represents the event data in the raw record data store.

When a user query is processed, a search step will precede other queriesin the pipeline in order to generate a set of events at block 640. Forexample, the query can comprise search terms “sourcetype=syslog ERROR”at the front of the pipeline as shown in FIG. 6B. Intermediate resultstable 624 shows fewer rows because it represents the subset of eventsretrieved from the index that matched the search terms“sourcetype=syslog ERROR” from search command 630. By way of furtherexample, instead of a search step, the set of events at the head of thepipeline may be generating by a call to a pre-existing inverted index(as will be explained later).

At block 642, the set of events generated in the first part of the querymay be piped to a query that searches the set of events for field-valuepairs or for keywords. For example, the second intermediate resultstable 626 shows fewer columns, representing the result of the topcommand, “top user” which summarizes the events into a list of the top10 users and displays the user, count, and percentage.

Finally, at block 644, the results of the prior stage can be pipelinedto another stage where further filtering or processing of the data canbe performed, e.g., preparing the data for display purposes, filteringthe data based on a condition, performing a mathematical calculationwith the data, etc. As shown in FIG. 6B, the “fields-percent” part ofcommand 630 removes the column that shows the percentage, thereby,leaving a final results table 628 without a percentage column. Indifferent embodiments, other query languages, such as the StructuredQuery Language (“SQL”), can be used to create a query.

2.10. Field Extraction

The search head 210 allows users to search and visualize eventsgenerated from machine data received from homogenous data sources. Thesearch head 210 also allows users to search and visualize eventsgenerated from machine data received from heterogeneous data sources.The search head 210 includes various mechanisms, which may additionallyreside in an indexer 206, for processing a query. A query language maybe used to create a query, such as any suitable pipelined querylanguage. For example, Splunk Processing Language (SPL) can be utilizedto make a query. SPL is a pipelined search language in which a set ofinputs is operated on by a first command in a command line, and then asubsequent command following the pipe symbol “I” operates on the resultsproduced by the first command, and so on for additional commands. Otherquery languages, such as the Structured Query Language (“SQL”), can beused to create a query.

In response to receiving the search query, search head 210 usesextraction rules to extract values for fields in the events beingsearched. The search head 210 obtains extraction rules that specify howto extract a value for fields from an event. Extraction rules cancomprise regex rules that specify how to extract values for the fieldscorresponding to the extraction rules. In addition to specifying how toextract field values, the extraction rules may also include instructionsfor deriving a field value by performing a function on a characterstring or value retrieved by the extraction rule. For example, anextraction rule may truncate a character string or convert the characterstring into a different data format. In some cases, the query itself canspecify one or more extraction rules.

The search head 210 can apply the extraction rules to events that itreceives from indexers 206. Indexers 206 may apply the extraction rulesto events in an associated data store 208. Extraction rules can beapplied to all the events in a data store or to a subset of the eventsthat have been filtered based on some criteria (e.g., event time stampvalues, etc.). Extraction rules can be used to extract one or morevalues for a field from events by parsing the portions of machine datain the events and examining the data for one or more patterns ofcharacters, numbers, delimiters, etc., that indicate where the fieldbegins and, optionally, ends.

FIG. 7A is a diagram of an example scenario where a common customeridentifier is found among log data received from three disparate datasources, in accordance with example embodiments. In this example, a usersubmits an order for merchandise using a vendor's shopping applicationprogram 701 running on the user's system. In this example, the order wasnot delivered to the vendor's server due to a resource exception at thedestination server that is detected by the middleware code 702. The userthen sends a message to the customer support server 703 to complainabout the order failing to complete. The three systems 701, 702, and 703are disparate systems that do not have a common logging format. Theorder application 701 sends log data 704 to the data intake and querysystem in one format, the middleware code 702 sends error log data 705in a second format, and the support server 703 sends log data 706 in athird format.

Using the log data received at one or more indexers 206 from the threesystems, the vendor can uniquely obtain an insight into user activity,user experience, and system behavior. The search head 210 allows thevendor's administrator to search the log data from the three systemsthat one or more indexers 206 are responsible for searching, therebyobtaining correlated information, such as the order number andcorresponding customer ID number of the person placing the order. Thesystem also allows the administrator to see a visualization of relatedevents via a user interface. The administrator can query the search head210 for customer ID field value matches across the log data from thethree systems that are stored at the one or more indexers 206. Thecustomer ID field value exists in the data gathered from the threesystems, but the customer ID field value may be located in differentareas of the data given differences in the architecture of the systems.There is a semantic relationship between the customer ID field valuesgenerated by the three systems. The search head 210 requests events fromthe one or more indexers 206 to gather relevant events from the threesystems. The search head 210 then applies extraction rules to the eventsin order to extract field values that it can correlate. The search headmay apply a different extraction rule to each set of events from eachsystem when the event format differs among systems. In this example, theuser interface can display to the administrator the events correspondingto the common customer ID field values 707, 708, and 709, therebyproviding the administrator with insight into a customer's experience.

Note that query results can be returned to a client, a search head, orany other system component for further processing. In general, queryresults may include a set of one or more events, a set of one or morevalues obtained from the events, a subset of the values, statisticscalculated based on the values, a report containing the values, avisualization (e.g., a graph or chart) generated from the values, andthe like.

The search system enables users to run queries against the stored datato retrieve events that meet criteria specified in a query, such ascontaining certain keywords or having specific values in defined fields.FIG. 7B illustrates the manner in which keyword searches and fieldsearches are processed in accordance with disclosed embodiments.

If a user inputs a search query into search bar 1401 that includes onlykeywords (also known as “tokens”), e.g., the keyword “error” or“warning”, the query search engine of the data intake and query systemsearches for those keywords directly in the event data 722 stored in theraw record data store. Note that while FIG. 7B only illustrates fourevents, the raw record data store (corresponding to data store 208 inFIG. 2) may contain records for millions of events.

As disclosed above, an indexer can optionally generate a keyword indexto facilitate fast keyword searching for event data. The indexerincludes the identified keywords in an index, which associates eachstored keyword with reference pointers to events containing that keyword(or to locations within events where that keyword is located, otherlocation identifiers, etc.). When an indexer subsequently receives akeyword-based query, the indexer can access the keyword index to quicklyidentify events containing the keyword. For example, if the keyword“HTTP” was indexed by the indexer at index time, and the user searchesfor the keyword “HTTP”, events 713 to 715 will be identified based onthe results returned from the keyword index. As noted above, the indexcontains reference pointers to the events containing the keyword, whichallows for efficient retrieval of the relevant events from the rawrecord data store.

If a user searches for a keyword that has not been indexed by theindexer, the data intake and query system would nevertheless be able toretrieve the events by searching the event data for the keyword in theraw record data store directly as shown in FIG. 7B. For example, if auser searches for the keyword “frank”, and the name “frank” has not beenindexed at index time, the DATA INTAKE AND QUERY system will search theevent data directly and return the first event 713. Note that whetherthe keyword has been indexed at index time or not, in both cases the rawdata with the events 712 is accessed from the raw data record store toservice the keyword search. In the case where the keyword has beenindexed, the index will contain a reference pointer that will allow fora more efficient retrieval of the event data from the data store. If thekeyword has not been indexed, the search engine will need to searchthrough all the records in the data store to service the search.

In most cases, however, in addition to keywords, a user's search willalso include fields. The term “field” refers to a location in the eventdata containing one or more values for a specific data item. Often, afield is a value with a fixed, delimited position on a line, or a nameand value pair, where there is a single value to each field name. Afield can also be multivalued, that is, it can appear more than once inan event and have a different value for each appearance, e.g., emailaddress fields. Fields are searchable by the field name or fieldname-value pairs. Some examples of fields are “clientip” for IPaddresses accessing a web server, or the “From” and “To” fields in emailaddresses.

By way of further example, consider the search, “status=404”. Thissearch query finds events with “status” fields that have a value of“404.” When the search is run, the search engine does not look forevents with any other “status” value. It also does not look for eventscontaining other fields that share “404” as a value. As a result, thesearch returns a set of results that are more focused than if “404” hadbeen used in the search string as part of a keyword search. Note alsothat fields can appear in events as “key=value” pairs such as“user_name=Bob.” But in most cases, field values appear in fixed,delimited positions without identifying keys. For example, the datastore may contain events where the “user_name” value always appears byitself after the timestamp as illustrated by the following string: “Nov15 09:33:22 johnmedlock.”

The data intake and query system advantageously allows for search timefield extraction. In other words, fields can be extracted from the eventdata at search time using late-binding schema as opposed to at dataingestion time, which was a major limitation of the prior art systems.

In response to receiving the search query, search head 210 usesextraction rules to extract values for the fields associated with afield or fields in the event data being searched. The search head 210obtains extraction rules that specify how to extract a value for certainfields from an event. Extraction rules can comprise regex rules thatspecify how to extract values for the relevant fields. In addition tospecifying how to extract field values, the extraction rules may alsoinclude instructions for deriving a field value by performing a functionon a character string or value retrieved by the extraction rule. Forexample, a transformation rule may truncate a character string, orconvert the character string into a different data format. In somecases, the query itself can specify one or more extraction rules.

FIG. 7B illustrates the manner in which configuration files may be usedto configure custom fields at search time in accordance with thedisclosed embodiments. In response to receiving a search query, the dataintake and query system determines if the query references a “field.”For example, a query may request a list of events where the “clientip”field equals “127.0.0.1.” If the query itself does not specify anextraction rule and if the field is not a metadata field, e.g., time,host, source, source type, etc., then in order to determine anextraction rule, the search engine may, in one or more embodiments, needto locate configuration file 712 during the execution of the search asshown in FIG. 7B.

Configuration file 712 may contain extraction rules for all the variousfields that are not metadata fields, e.g., the “clientip” field. Theextraction rules may be inserted into the configuration file in avariety of ways. In some embodiments, the extraction rules can compriseregular expression rules that are manually entered in by the user.Regular expressions match patterns of characters in text and are usedfor extracting custom fields in text.

In one or more embodiments, as noted above, a field extractor may beconfigured to automatically generate extraction rules for certain fieldvalues in the events when the events are being created, indexed, orstored, or possibly at a later time. In one embodiment, a user may beable to dynamically create custom fields by highlighting portions of asample event that should be extracted as fields using a graphical userinterface. The system would then generate a regular expression thatextracts those fields from similar events and store the regularexpression as an extraction rule for the associated field in theconfiguration file 712.

In some embodiments, the indexers may automatically discover certaincustom fields at index time and the regular expressions for those fieldswill be automatically generated at index time and stored as part ofextraction rules in configuration file 712. For example, fields thatappear in the event data as “key=value” pairs may be automaticallyextracted as part of an automatic field discovery process. Note thatthere may be several other ways of adding field definitions toconfiguration files in addition to the methods discussed herein.

The search head 210 can apply the extraction rules derived fromconfiguration file 1402 to event data that it receives from indexers206. Indexers 206 may apply the extraction rules from the configurationfile to events in an associated data store 208. Extraction rules can beapplied to all the events in a data store, or to a subset of the eventsthat have been filtered based on some criteria (e.g., event time stampvalues, etc.). Extraction rules can be used to extract one or morevalues for a field from events by parsing the event data and examiningthe event data for one or more patterns of characters, numbers,delimiters, etc., that indicate where the field begins and, optionally,ends.

In one more embodiments, the extraction rule in configuration file 712will also need to define the type or set of events that the rule appliesto. Because the raw record data store will contain events from multipleheterogeneous sources, multiple events may contain the same fields indifferent locations because of discrepancies in the format of the datagenerated by the various sources. Furthermore, certain events may notcontain a particular field at all. For example, event 719 also contains“clientip” field, however, the “clientip” field is in a different formatfrom events 713-715. To address the discrepancies in the format andcontent of the different types of events, the configuration file willalso need to specify the set of events that an extraction rule appliesto, e.g., extraction rule 716 specifies a rule for filtering by the typeof event and contains a regular expression for parsing out the fieldvalue. Accordingly, each extraction rule will pertain to only aparticular type of event. If a particular field, e.g., “clientip” occursin multiple events, each of those types of events would need its owncorresponding extraction rule in the configuration file 712 and each ofthe extraction rules would comprise a different regular expression toparse out the associated field value. The most common way to categorizeevents is by source type because events generated by a particular sourcecan have the same format.

The field extraction rules stored in configuration file 712 performsearch-time field extractions. For example, for a query that requests alist of events with source type “access_combined” where the “clientip”field equals “127.0.0.1,” the query search engine would first locate theconfiguration file 712 to retrieve extraction rule 716 that would allowit to extract values associated with the “clientip” field from the eventdata 720 “where the source type is “access_combined. After the“clientip” field has been extracted from all the events comprising the“clientip” field where the source type is “access_combined,” the querysearch engine can then execute the field criteria by performing thecompare operation to filter out the events where the “clientip” fieldequals “127.0.0.1.” In the example shown in FIG. 7B, events 713-715would be returned in response to the user query. In this manner, thesearch engine can service queries containing field criteria in additionto queries containing keyword criteria (as explained above).

The configuration file can be created during indexing. It may either bemanually created by the user or automatically generated with certainpredetermined field extraction rules. As discussed above, the events maybe distributed across several indexers, wherein each indexer may beresponsible for storing and searching a subset of the events containedin a corresponding data store. In a distributed indexer system, eachindexer would need to maintain a local copy of the configuration filethat is synchronized periodically across the various indexers.

The ability to add schema to the configuration file at search timeresults in increased efficiency. A user can create new fields at searchtime and simply add field definitions to the configuration file. As auser learns more about the data in the events, the user can continue torefine the late-binding schema by adding new fields, deleting fields, ormodifying the field extraction rules in the configuration file for usethe next time the schema is used by the system. Because the data intakeand query system maintains the underlying raw data and uses late-bindingschema for searching the raw data, it enables a user to continueinvestigating and learn valuable insights about the raw data long afterdata ingestion time.

The ability to add multiple field definitions to the configuration fileat search time also results in increased flexibility. For example,multiple field definitions can be added to the configuration file tocapture the same field across events generated by different sourcetypes. This allows the data intake and query system to search andcorrelate data across heterogeneous sources flexibly and efficiently.

Further, by providing the field definitions for the queried fields atsearch time, the configuration file 712 allows the record data store 712to be field searchable. In other words, the raw record data store 712can be searched using keywords as well as fields, wherein the fields aresearchable name/value pairings that distinguish one event from anotherand can be defined in configuration file 1402 using extraction rules. Incomparison to a search containing field names, a keyword search does notneed the configuration file and can search the event data directly asshown in FIG. 7B.

It should also be noted that any events filtered out by performing asearch-time field extraction using a configuration file can be furtherprocessed by directing the results of the filtering step to a processingstep using a pipelined search language. Using the prior example, a usercould pipeline the results of the compare step to an aggregate functionby asking the query search engine to count the number of events wherethe “clientip” field equals “127.0.0.1.”

2.11. Example Search Screen

FIG. 8A is an interface diagram of an example user interface for asearch screen 800, in accordance with example embodiments. Search screen800 includes a search bar 802 that accepts user input in the form of asearch string. It also includes a time range picker 812 that enables theuser to specify a time range for the search. For historical searches(e.g., searches based on a particular historical time range), the usercan select a specific time range, or alternatively a relative timerange, such as “today,” “yesterday” or “last week.” For real-timesearches (e.g., searches whose results are based on data received inreal-time), the user can select the size of a preceding time window tosearch for real-time events. Search screen 800 also initially displays a“data summary” dialog as is illustrated in FIG. 8B that enables the userto select different sources for the events, such as by selectingspecific hosts and log files.

After the search is executed, the search screen 800 in FIG. 8A candisplay the results through search results tabs 804, wherein searchresults tabs 804 includes: an “events tab” that displays variousinformation about events returned by the search; a “statistics tab” thatdisplays statistics about the search results; and a “visualization tab”that displays various visualizations of the search results. The eventstab illustrated in FIG. 8A displays a timeline graph 805 thatgraphically illustrates the number of events that occurred in one-hourintervals over the selected time range. The events tab also displays anevents list 808 that enables a user to view the machine data in each ofthe returned events.

The events tab additionally displays a sidebar that is an interactivefield picker 806. The field picker 806 may be displayed to a user inresponse to the search being executed and allows the user to furtheranalyze the search results based on the fields in the events of thesearch results. The field picker 806 includes field names that referencefields present in the events in the search results. The field picker maydisplay any Selected Fields 820 that a user has pre-selected for display(e.g., host, source, sourcetype) and may also display any InterestingFields 822 that the system determines may be interesting to the userbased on pre-specified criteria (e.g., action, bytes, categoryid,clientip, date_hour, date_mday, date_minute, etc.). The field pickeralso provides an option to display field names for all the fieldspresent in the events of the search results using the All Fields control824.

Each field name in the field picker 806 has a value type identifier tothe left of the field name, such as value type identifier 826. A valuetype identifier identifies the type of value for the respective field,such as an “a” for fields that include literal values or a “#” forfields that include numerical values.

Each field name in the field picker also has a unique value count to theright of the field name, such as unique value count 828. The uniquevalue count indicates the number of unique values for the respectivefield in the events of the search results.

Each field name is selectable to view the events in the search resultsthat have the field referenced by that field name. For example, a usercan select the “host” field name, and the events shown in the eventslist 808 will be updated with events in the search results that have thefield that is reference by the field name “host.”

2.12. Data Models

A data model is a hierarchically structured search-time mapping ofsemantic knowledge about one or more datasets. It encodes the domainknowledge used to build a variety of specialized searches of thosedatasets. Those searches, in turn, can be used to generate reports.

A data model is composed of one or more “objects” (or “data modelobjects”) that define or otherwise correspond to a specific set of data.An object is defined by constraints and attributes. An object'scontraints are search criteria that define the set of events to beoperated on by running a search having that search criteria at the timethe data model is selected. An object's attributes are the set of fieldsto be exposed for operating on that set of events generated by thesearch criteria.

Objects in data models can be arranged hierarchically in parent/childrelationships. Each child object represents a subset of the datasetcovered by its parent object. The top-level objects in data models arecollectively referred to as “root objects.”

Child objects have inheritance. Child objects inherit constraints andattributes from their parent objects and may have additional constraintsand attributes of their own. Child objects provide a way of filteringevents from parent objects. Because a child object may provide anadditional constraint in addition to the constraints it has inheritedfrom its parent object, the dataset it represents may be a subset of thedataset that its parent represents. For example, a first data modelobject may define a broad set of data pertaining to e-mail activitygenerally, and another data model object may define specific datasetswithin the broad dataset, such as a subset of the e-mail data pertainingspecifically to e-mails sent. For example, a user can simply select an“e-mail activity” data model object to access a dataset relating toe-mails generally (e.g., sent or received), or select an “e-mails sent”data model object (or data sub-model object) to access a datasetrelating to e-mails sent.

Because a data model object is defined by its constraints (e.g., a setof search criteria) and attributes (e.g., a set of fields), a data modelobject can be used to quickly search data to identify a set of eventsand to identify a set of fields to be associated with the set of events.For example, an “e-mails sent” data model object may specify a searchfor events relating to e-mails that have been sent, and specify a set offields that are associated with the events. Thus, a user can retrieveand use the “e-mails sent” data model object to quickly search sourcedata for events relating to sent e-mails, and may be provided with alisting of the set of fields relevant to the events in a user interfacescreen.

Examples of data models can include electronic mail, authentication,databases, intrusion detection, malware, application state, alerts,compute inventory, network sessions, network traffic, performance,audits, updates, vulnerabilities, etc. Data models and their objects canbe designed by knowledge managers in an organization, and they canenable downstream users to quickly focus on a specific set of data. Auser iteratively applies a model development tool (not shown in FIG. 8A)to prepare a query that defines a subset of events and assigns an objectname to that subset. A child subset is created by further limiting aquery that generated a parent subset.

Data definitions in associated schemas can be taken from the commoninformation model (CIM) or can be devised for a particular schema andoptionally added to the CIM. Child objects inherit fields from parentsand can include fields not present in parents. A model developer canselect fewer extraction rules than are available for the sourcesreturned by the query that defines events belonging to a model.Selecting a limited set of extraction rules can be a tool forsimplifying and focusing the data model, while allowing a userflexibility to explore the data subset. Development of a data model isfurther explained in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,788,525 and 8,788,526, bothentitled “DATA MODEL FOR MACHINE DATA FOR SEMANTIC SEARCH”, both issuedon 22 Jul. 2014, U.S. Pat. No. 8,983,994, entitled “GENERATION OF A DATAMODEL FOR SEARCHING MACHINE DATA”, issued on 17 March, 2015, U.S. Pat.No. 9,128,980, entitled “GENERATION OF A DATA MODEL APPLIED TO QUERIES”,issued on 8 Sep. 2015, and U.S. Pat. No. 9,589,012, entitled “GENERATIONOF A DATA MODEL APPLIED TO OBJECT QUERIES”, issued on 7 Mar. 2017, eachof which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for allpurposes.

A data model can also include reports. One or more report formats can beassociated with a particular data model and be made available to runagainst the data model. A user can use child objects to design reportswith object datasets that already have extraneous data pre-filtered out.In some embodiments, the data intake and query system 108 provides theuser with the ability to produce reports (e.g., a table, chart,visualization, etc.) without having to enter SPL, SQL, or other querylanguage terms into a search screen. Data models are used as the basisfor the search feature.

Data models may be selected in a report generation interface. The reportgenerator supports drag-and-drop organization of fields to be summarizedin a report. When a model is selected, the fields with availableextraction rules are made available for use in the report. The user mayrefine and/or filter search results to produce more precise reports. Theuser may select some fields for organizing the report and select otherfields for providing detail according to the report organization. Forexample, “region” and “salesperson” are fields used for organizing thereport and sales data can be summarized (subtotaled and totaled) withinthis organization. The report generator allows the user to specify oneor more fields within events and apply statistical analysis on valuesextracted from the specified one or more fields. The report generatormay aggregate search results across sets of events and generatestatistics based on aggregated search results. Building reports usingthe report generation interface is further explained in U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 14/503,335, entitled “GENERATING REPORTS FROMUNSTRUCTURED DATA”, filed on 30 Sep. 2014, and which is herebyincorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. Datavisualizations also can be generated in a variety of formats, byreference to the data model. Reports, data visualizations, and datamodel objects can be saved and associated with the data model for futureuse. The data model object may be used to perform searches of otherdata.

FIGS. 9-15 are interface diagrams of example report generation userinterfaces, in accordance with example embodiments. The reportgeneration process may be driven by a predefined data model object, suchas a data model object defined and/or saved via a reporting applicationor a data model object obtained from another source. A user can load asaved data model object using a report editor. For example, the initialsearch query and fields used to drive the report editor may be obtainedfrom a data model object. The data model object that is used to drive areport generation process may define a search and a set of fields. Uponloading of the data model object, the report generation process mayenable a user to use the fields (e.g., the fields defined by the datamodel object) to define criteria for a report (e.g., filters, splitrows/columns, aggregates, etc.) and the search may be used to identifyevents (e.g., to identify events responsive to the search) used togenerate the report. That is, for example, if a data model object isselected to drive a report editor, the graphical user interface of thereport editor may enable a user to define reporting criteria for thereport using the fields associated with the selected data model object,and the events used to generate the report may be constrained to theevents that match, or otherwise satisfy, the search constraints of theselected data model object.

The selection of a data model object for use in driving a reportgeneration may be facilitated by a data model object selectioninterface. FIG. 9 illustrates an example interactive data modelselection graphical user interface 900 of a report editor that displaysa listing of available data models 901. The user may select one of thedata models 902.

FIG. 10 illustrates an example data model object selection graphicaluser interface 1000 that displays available data objects 1001 for theselected data object model 902. The user may select one of the displayeddata model objects 1002 for use in driving the report generationprocess.

Once a data model object is selected by the user, a user interfacescreen 1100 shown in FIG. 11A may display an interactive listing ofautomatic field identification options 1101 based on the selected datamodel object. For example, a user may select one of the threeillustrated options (e.g., the “All Fields” option 1102, the “SelectedFields” option 1103, or the “Coverage” option (e.g., fields with atleast a specified % of coverage) 1104). If the user selects the “AllFields” option 1102, all of the fields identified from the events thatwere returned in response to an initial search query may be selected.That is, for example, all of the fields of the identified data modelobject fields may be selected. If the user selects the “Selected Fields”option 1103, only the fields from the fields of the identified datamodel object fields that are selected by the user may be used. If theuser selects the “Coverage” option 1104, only the fields of theidentified data model object fields meeting a specified coveragecriteria may be selected. A percent coverage may refer to the percentageof events returned by the initial search query that a given fieldappears in. Thus, for example, if an object dataset includes 10,000events returned in response to an initial search query, and the“avg_age” field appears in 854 of those 10,000 events, then the“avg_age” field would have a coverage of 8.54% for that object dataset.If, for example, the user selects the “Coverage” option and specifies acoverage value of 2%, only fields having a coverage value equal to orgreater than 2% may be selected. The number of fields corresponding toeach selectable option may be displayed in association with each option.For example, “97” displayed next to the “All Fields” option 1102indicates that 97 fields will be selected if the “All Fields” option isselected. The “3” displayed next to the “Selected Fields” option 1103indicates that 3 of the 97 fields will be selected if the “SelectedFields” option is selected. The “49” displayed next to the “Coverage”option 1104 indicates that 49 of the 97 fields (e.g., the 49 fieldshaving a coverage of 2% or greater) will be selected if the “Coverage”option is selected. The number of fields corresponding to the “Coverage”option may be dynamically updated based on the specified percent ofcoverage.

FIG. 11B illustrates an example graphical user interface screen 1105displaying the reporting application's “Report Editor” page. The screenmay display interactive elements for defining various elements of areport. For example, the page includes a “Filters” element 1106, a“Split Rows” element 1107, a “Split Columns” element 1108, and a “ColumnValues” element 1109. The page may include a list of search results1111. In this example, the Split Rows element 1107 is expanded,revealing a listing of fields 1110 that can be used to define additionalcriteria (e.g., reporting criteria). The listing of fields 1110 maycorrespond to the selected fields. That is, the listing of fields 1110may list only the fields previously selected, either automaticallyand/or manually by a user. FIG. 11C illustrates a formatting dialogue1112 that may be displayed upon selecting a field from the listing offields 1110. The dialogue can be used to format the display of theresults of the selection (e.g., label the column for the selected fieldto be displayed as “component”).

FIG. 11D illustrates an example graphical user interface screen 1105including a table of results 1113 based on the selected criteriaincluding splitting the rows by the “component” field. A column 1114having an associated count for each component listed in the table may bedisplayed that indicates an aggregate count of the number of times thatthe particular field-value pair (e.g., the value in a row for aparticular field, such as the value “BucketMover” for the field“component”) occurs in the set of events responsive to the initialsearch query.

FIG. 12 illustrates an example graphical user interface screen 1200 thatallows the user to filter search results and to perform statisticalanalysis on values extracted from specific fields in the set of events.In this example, the top ten product names ranked by price are selectedas a filter 1201 that causes the display of the ten most popularproducts sorted by price. Each row is displayed by product name andprice 1202. This results in each product displayed in a column labeled“product name” along with an associated price in a column labeled“price” 1206. Statistical analysis of other fields in the eventsassociated with the ten most popular products have been specified ascolumn values 1203. A count of the number of successful purchases foreach product is displayed in column 1204. These statistics may beproduced by filtering the search results by the product name, findingall occurrences of a successful purchase in a field within the eventsand generating a total of the number of occurrences. A sum of the totalsales is displayed in column 1205, which is a result of themultiplication of the price and the number of successful purchases foreach product.

The reporting application allows the user to create graphicalvisualizations of the statistics generated for a report. For example,FIG. 13 illustrates an example graphical user interface 1300 thatdisplays a set of components and associated statistics 1301. Thereporting application allows the user to select a visualization of thestatistics in a graph (e.g., bar chart, scatter plot, area chart, linechart, pie chart, radial gauge, marker gauge, filler gauge, etc.), wherethe format of the graph may be selected using the user interfacecontrols 1302 along the left panel of the user interface 1300. FIG. 14illustrates an example of a bar chart visualization 1400 of an aspect ofthe statistical data 1301. FIG. 15 illustrates a scatter plotvisualization 1500 of an aspect of the statistical data 1301.

2.13. Acceleration Technique

The above-described system provides significant flexibility by enablinga user to analyze massive quantities of minimally-processed data “on thefly” at search time using a late-binding schema, instead of storingpre-specified portions of the data in a database at ingestion time. Thisflexibility enables a user to see valuable insights, correlate data, andperform subsequent queries to examine interesting aspects of the datathat may not have been apparent at ingestion time.

However, performing extraction and analysis operations at search timecan involve a large amount of data and require a large number ofcomputational operations, which can cause delays in processing thequeries. Advantageously, the data intake and query system also employs anumber of unique acceleration techniques that have been developed tospeed up analysis operations performed at search time. These techniquesinclude: (1) performing search operations in parallel across multipleindexers; (2) using a keyword index; (3) using a high performanceanalytics store; and (4) accelerating the process of generating reports.These novel techniques are described in more detail below.

2.13.1. Aggregation Technique

To facilitate faster query processing, a query can be structured suchthat multiple indexers perform the query in parallel, while aggregationof search results from the multiple indexers is performed locally at thesearch head. For example, FIG. 16 is an example search query receivedfrom a client and executed by search peers, in accordance with exampleembodiments. FIG. 16 illustrates how a search query 1602 received from aclient at a search head 210 can split into two phases, including: (1)subtasks 1604 (e.g., data retrieval or simple filtering) that may beperformed in parallel by indexers 206 for execution, and (2) a searchresults aggregation operation 1606 to be executed by the search headwhen the results are ultimately collected from the indexers.

During operation, upon receiving search query 1602, a search head 210determines that a portion of the operations involved with the searchquery may be performed locally by the search head. The search headmodifies search query 1602 by substituting “stats” (create aggregatestatistics over results sets received from the indexers at the searchhead) with “prestats” (create statistics by the indexer from localresults set) to produce search query 1604, and then distributes searchquery 1604 to distributed indexers, which are also referred to as“search peers” or “peer indexers.” Note that search queries maygenerally specify search criteria or operations to be performed onevents that meet the search criteria. Search queries may also specifyfield names, as well as search criteria for the values in the fields oroperations to be performed on the values in the fields. Moreover, thesearch head may distribute the full search query to the search peers asillustrated in FIG. 6A, or may alternatively distribute a modifiedversion (e.g., a more restricted version) of the search query to thesearch peers. In this example, the indexers are responsible forproducing the results and sending them to the search head. After theindexers return the results to the search head, the search headaggregates the received results 1606 to form a single search result set.By executing the query in this manner, the system effectivelydistributes the computational operations across the indexers whileminimizing data transfers.

2.13.2. Keyword Index

As described above with reference to the flow charts in FIG. 5A and FIG.6A, data intake and query system 108 can construct and maintain one ormore keyword indices to quickly identify events containing specifickeywords. This technique can greatly speed up the processing of queriesinvolving specific keywords. As mentioned above, to build a keywordindex, an indexer first identifies a set of keywords. Then, the indexerincludes the identified keywords in an index, which associates eachstored keyword with references to events containing that keyword, or tolocations within events where that keyword is located. When an indexersubsequently receives a keyword-based query, the indexer can access thekeyword index to quickly identify events containing the keyword.

2.13.3. High Performance Analytics Store

To speed up certain types of queries, some embodiments of system 108create a high performance analytics store, which is referred to as a“summarization table,” that contains entries for specific field-valuepairs. Each of these entries keeps track of instances of a specificvalue in a specific field in the events and includes references toevents containing the specific value in the specific field. For example,an example entry in a summarization table can keep track of occurrencesof the value “94107” in a “ZIP code” field of a set of events and theentry includes references to all of the events that contain the value“94107” in the ZIP code field. This optimization technique enables thesystem to quickly process queries that seek to determine how many eventshave a particular value for a particular field. To this end, the systemcan examine the entry in the summarization table to count instances ofthe specific value in the field without having to go through theindividual events or perform data extractions at search time. Also, ifthe system needs to process all events that have a specific field-valuecombination, the system can use the references in the summarizationtable entry to directly access the events to extract further informationwithout having to search all of the events to find the specificfield-value combination at search time.

In some embodiments, the system maintains a separate summarization tablefor each of the above-described time-specific buckets that stores eventsfor a specific time range. A bucket-specific summarization tableincludes entries for specific field-value combinations that occur inevents in the specific bucket. Alternatively, the system can maintain aseparate summarization table for each indexer. The indexer-specificsummarization table includes entries for the events in a data store thatare managed by the specific indexer. Indexer-specific summarizationtables may also be bucket-specific.

The summarization table can be populated by running a periodic querythat scans a set of events to find instances of a specific field-valuecombination, or alternatively instances of all field-value combinationsfor a specific field. A periodic query can be initiated by a user, orcan be scheduled to occur automatically at specific time intervals. Aperiodic query can also be automatically launched in response to a querythat asks for a specific field-value combination.

In some cases, when the summarization tables may not cover all of theevents that are relevant to a query, the system can use thesummarization tables to obtain partial results for the events that arecovered by summarization tables, but may also have to search throughother events that are not covered by the summarization tables to produceadditional results. These additional results can then be combined withthe partial results to produce a final set of results for the query. Thesummarization table and associated techniques are described in moredetail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,682,925, entitled “DISTRIBUTED HIGHPERFORMANCE ANALYTICS STORE”, issued on 25 Mar. 2014, U.S. Pat. No.9,128,985, entitled “SUPPLEMENTING A HIGH PERFORMANCE ANALYTICS STOREWITH EVALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL EVENTS TO RESPOND TO AN EVENT QUERY”,issued on 8 Sep. 2015, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/815,973,entitled “GENERATING AND STORING SUMMARIZATION TABLES FOR SETS OFSEARCHABLE EVENTS”, filed on 1 Aug. 2015, each of which is herebyincorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

To speed up certain types of queries, e.g., frequently encounteredqueries or computationally intensive queries, some embodiments of system108 create a high performance analytics store, which is referred to as a“summarization table,” (also referred to as a “lexicon” or “invertedindex”) that contains entries for specific field-value pairs. Each ofthese entries keeps track of instances of a specific value in a specificfield in the event data and includes references to events containing thespecific value in the specific field. For example, an example entry inan inverted index can keep track of occurrences of the value “94107” ina “ZIP code” field of a set of events and the entry includes referencesto all of the events that contain the value “94107” in the ZIP codefield. Creating the inverted index data structure avoids needing toincur the computational overhead each time a statistical query needs tobe run on a frequently encountered field-value pair. In order toexpedite queries, in most embodiments, the search engine will employ theinverted index separate from the raw record data store to generateresponses to the received queries.

Note that the term “summarization table” or “inverted index” as usedherein is a data structure that may be generated by an indexer thatincludes at least field names and field values that have been extractedand/or indexed from event records. An inverted index may also includereference values that point to the location(s) in the field searchabledata store where the event records that include the field may be found.Also, an inverted index may be stored using well-know compressiontechniques to reduce its storage size.

Further, note that the term “reference value” (also referred to as a“posting value”) as used herein is a value that references the locationof a source record in the field searchable data store. In someembodiments, the reference value may include additional informationabout each record, such as timestamps, record size, meta-data, or thelike. Each reference value may be a unique identifier which may be usedto access the event data directly in the field searachable data store.In some embodiments, the reference values may be ordered based on eachevent record's timestamp. For example, if numbers are used asidentifiers, they may be sorted so event records having a latertimestamp always have a lower valued identifier than event records withan earlier timestamp, or vice-versa. Reference values are often includedin inverted indexes for retrieving and/or identifying event records.

In one or more embodiments, an inverted index is generated in responseto a user-initiated collection query. The term “collection query” asused herein refers to queries that include commands that generatesummarization information and inverted indexes (or summarization tables)from event records stored in the field searchable data store.

Note that a collection query is a special type of query that can beuser-generated and is used to create an inverted index. A collectionquery is not the same as a query that is used to call up or invoke apre-existing inverted index. In one or more embodiment, a query cancomprise an initial step that calls up a pre-generated inverted index onwhich further filtering and processing can be performed. For example,referring back to FIG. 13, a set of events generated at block 1320 byeither using a “collection” query to create a new inverted index or bycalling up a pre-generated inverted index. A query with severalpipelined steps will start with a pre-generated index to accelerate thequery.

FIG. 7C illustrates the manner in which an inverted index is created andused in accordance with the disclosed embodiments. As shown in FIG. 7C,an inverted index 722 can be created in response to a user-initiatedcollection query using the event data 723 stored in the raw record datastore. For example, a non-limiting example of a collection query mayinclude “collect clientip=127.0.0.1” which may result in an invertedindex 722 being generated from the event data 723 as shown in FIG. 7C.Each entry in invertex index 722 includes an event reference value thatreferences the location of a source record in the field searchable datastore. The reference value may be used to access the original eventrecord directly from the field searchable data store.

In one or more embodiments, if one or more of the queries is acollection query, the responsive indexers may generate summarizationinformation based on the fields of the event records located in thefield searchable data store. In at least one of the various embodiments,one or more of the fields used in the summarization information may belisted in the collection query and/or they may be determined based onterms included in the collection query. For example, a collection querymay include an explicit list of fields to summarize. Or, in at least oneof the various embodiments, a collection query may include terms orexpressions that explicitly define the fields, e.g., using regex rules.In FIG. 7C, prior to running the collection query that generates theinverted index 722, the field name “clientip” may need to be defined ina configuration file by specifying the “access_combined” source type anda regular expression rule to parse out the client IP address.Alternatively, the collection query may contain an explicit definitionfor the field name “clientip” which may obviate the need to referencethe configuration file at search time.

In one or more embodiments, collection queries may be saved andscheduled to run periodically. These scheduled collection queries mayperiodically update the summarization information corresponding to thequery. For example, if the collection query that generates invertedindex 722 is scheduled to run periodically, one or more indexers wouldperiodically search through the relevant buckets to update invertedindex 722 with event data for any new events with the “clientip” valueof “127.0.0.1.”

In some embodiments, the inverted indexes that include fields, values,and reference value (e.g., inverted index 722) for event records may beincluded in the summarization information provided to the user. In otherembodiments, a user may not be interested in specific fields and valuescontained in the inverted index, but may need to perform a statisticalquery on the data in the inverted index. For example, referencing theexample of FIG. 7C rather than viewing the fields within summarizationtable 722, a user may want to generate a count of all client requestsfrom IP address “127.0.0.1.” In this case, the search engine wouldsimply return a result of “4” rather than including details about theinvertex index 722 in the information provided to the user.

The pipelined search language, e.g., SPL of the SPLUNK® ENTERPRISEsystem can be used to pipe the contents of an inverted index to astatistical query using the “stats” command for example. A “stats” queryrefers to queries that generate result sets that may produce aggregateand statistical results from event records, e.g., average, mean, max,min, rms, etc. Where sufficient information is available in an invertedindex, a “stats” query may generate their result sets rapidly from thesummarization information available in the inverted index rather thandirectly scanning event records. For example, the contents of invertedindex 722 can be pipelined to a stats query, e.g., a “count” functionthat counts the number of entries in the inverted index and returns avalue of “4.” In this way, inverted indexes may enable various statsqueries to be performed absent scanning or search the event records.Accordingly, this optimization technique enables the system to quicklyprocess queries that seek to determine how many events have a particularvalue for a particular field. To this end, the system can examine theentry in the inverted index to count instances of the specific value inthe field without having to go through the individual events or performdata extractions at search time.

In some embodiments, the system maintains a separate inverted index foreach of the above-described time-specific buckets that stores events fora specific time range. A bucket-specific inverted index includes entriesfor specific field-value combinations that occur in events in thespecific bucket. Alternatively, the system can maintain a separateinverted index for each indexer. The indexer-specific inverted indexincludes entries for the events in a data store that are managed by thespecific indexer. Indexer-specific inverted indexes may also bebucket-specific. In at least one or more embodiments, if one or more ofthe queries is a stats query, each indexer may generate a partial resultset from previously generated summarization information. The partialresult sets may be returned to the search head that received the queryand combined into a single result set for the query

As mentioned above, the inverted index can be populated by running aperiodic query that scans a set of events to find instances of aspecific field-value combination, or alternatively instances of allfield-value combinations for a specific field. A periodic query can beinitiated by a user, or can be scheduled to occur automatically atspecific time intervals. A periodic query can also be automaticallylaunched in response to a query that asks for a specific field-valuecombination. In some embodiments, if summarization information is absentfrom an indexer that includes responsive event records, further actionsmay be taken, such as, the summarization information may generated onthe fly, warnings may be provided the user, the collection queryoperation may be halted, the absence of summarization information may beignored, or the like, or combination thereof.

In one or more embodiments, an inverted index may be set up to updatecontinually. For example, the query may ask for the inverted index toupdate its result periodically, e.g., every hour. In such instances, theinverted index may be a dynamic data structure that is regularly updatedto include information regarding incoming events.

In some cases, e.g., where a query is executed before an inverted indexupdates, when the inverted index may not cover all of the events thatare relevant to a query, the system can use the inverted index to obtainpartial results for the events that are covered by inverted index, butmay also have to search through other events that are not covered by theinverted index to produce additional results on the fly. In other words,an indexer would need to search through event data on the data store tosupplement the partial results. These additional results can then becombined with the partial results to produce a final set of results forthe query. Note that in typical instances where an inverted index is notcompletely up to date, the number of events that an indexer would needto search through to supplement the results from the inverted indexwould be relatively small. In other words, the search to get the mostrecent results can be quick and efficient because only a small number ofevent records will be searched through to supplement the informationfrom the inverted index. The inverted index and associated techniquesare described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,682,925, entitled“DISTRIBUTED HIGH PERFORMANCE ANALYTICS STORE”, issued on 25 Mar. 2014,U.S. Pat. No. 9,128,985, entitled “SUPPLEMENTING A HIGH PERFORMANCEANALYTICS STORE WITH EVALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL EVENTS TO RESPOND TO ANEVENT QUERY”, filed on 31 Jan. 2014, and U.S. patent application Ser.No. 14/815,973, entitled “STORAGE MEDIUM AND CONTROL DEVICE”, filed on21 Feb. 2014, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in itsentirety.

2.13.3.1 Extracting Event Data Using Posting

In one or more embodiments, if the system needs to process all eventsthat have a specific field-value combination, the system can use thereferences in the inverted index entry to directly access the events toextract further information without having to search all of the eventsto find the specific field-value combination at search time. In otherwords, the system can use the reference values to locate the associatedevent data in the field searchable data store and extract furtherinformation from those events, e.g., extract further field values fromthe events for purposes of filtering or processing or both.

The information extracted from the event data using the reference valuescan be directed for further filtering or processing in a query using thepipeline search language. The pipelined search language will, in oneembodiment, include syntax that can direct the initial filtering step ina query to an inverted index. In one embodiment, a user would includesyntax in the query that explicitly directs the initial searching orfiltering step to the inverted index.

Referencing the example in FIG. 15, if the user determines that sheneeds the user id fields associated with the client requests from IPaddress “127.0.0.1,” instead of incurring the computational overhead ofperforming a brand new search or re-generating the inverted index withan additional field, the user can generate a query that explicitlydirects or pipes the contents of the already generated inverted index1502 to another filtering step requesting the user ids for the entriesin inverted index 1502 where the server response time is greater than“0.0900” microseconds. The search engine would use the reference valuesstored in inverted index 722 to retrieve the event data from the fieldsearchable data store, filter the results based on the “response time”field values and, further, extract the user id field from the resultingevent data to return to the user. In the present instance, the user ids“frank” and “carlos” would be returned to the user from the generatedresults table 722.

In one embodiment, the same methodology can be used to pipe the contentsof the inverted index to a processing step. In other words, the user isable to use the inverted index to efficiently and quickly performaggregate functions on field values that were not part of the initiallygenerated inverted index. For example, a user may want to determine anaverage object size (size of the requested gif) requested by clientsfrom IP address “127.0.0.1.” In this case, the search engine would againuse the reference values stored in inverted index 722 to retrieve theevent data from the field searchable data store and, further, extractthe object size field values from the associated events 731, 732, 733and 734. Once, the corresponding object sizes have been extracted (i.e.2326, 2900, 2920, and 5000), the average can be computed and returned tothe user.

In one embodiment, instead of explicitly invoking the inverted index ina user-generated query, e.g., by the use of special commands or syntax,the SPLUNK® ENTERPRISE system can be configured to automaticallydetermine if any prior-generated inverted index can be used to expeditea user query. For example, the user's query may request the averageobject size (size of the requested gif) requested by clients from IPaddress “127.0.0.1.” without any reference to or use of inverted index722. The search engine, in this case, would automatically determine thatan inverted index 722 already exists in the system that could expeditethis query. In one embodiment, prior to running any search comprising afield-value pair, for example, a search engine may search though all theexisting inverted indexes to determine if a pre-generated inverted indexcould be used to expedite the search comprising the field-value pair.Accordingly, the search engine would automatically use the pre-generatedinverted index, e.g., index 722 to generate the results without anyuser-involvement that directs the use of the index.

Using the reference values in an inverted index to be able to directlyaccess the event data in the field searchable data store and extractfurther information from the associated event data for further filteringand processing is highly advantageous because it avoids incurring thecomputation overhead of regenerating the inverted index with additionalfields or performing a new search.

The data intake and query system includes one or more forwarders thatreceive raw machine data from a variety of input data sources, and oneor more indexers that process and store the data in one or more datastores. By distributing events among the indexers and data stores, theindexers can analyze events for a query in parallel. In one or moreembodiments, a multiple indexer implementation of the search systemwould maintain a separate and respective inverted index for each of theabove-described time-specific buckets that stores events for a specifictime range. A bucket-specific inverted index includes entries forspecific field-value combinations that occur in events in the specificbucket. As explained above, a search head would be able to correlate andsynthesize data from across the various buckets and indexers.

This feature advantageously expedites searches because instead ofperforming a computationally intensive search in a centrally locatedinverted index that catalogues all the relevant events, an indexer isable to directly search an inverted index stored in a bucket associatedwith the time-range specified in the query. This allows the search to beperformed in parallel across the various indexers. Further, if the queryrequests further filtering or processing to be conducted on the eventdata referenced by the locally stored bucket-specific inverted index,the indexer is able to simply access the event records stored in theassociated bucket for further filtering and processing instead ofneeding to access a central repository of event records, which woulddramatically add to the computational overhead.

In one embodiment, there may be multiple buckets associated with thetime-range specified in a query. If the query is directed to an invertedindex, or if the search engine automatically determines that using aninverted index would expedite the processing of the query, the indexerswill search through each of the inverted indexes associated with thebuckets for the specified time-range. This feature allows the HighPerformance Analytics Store to be scaled easily.

In certain instances, where a query is executed before a bucket-specificinverted index updates, when the bucket-specific inverted index may notcover all of the events that are relevant to a query, the system can usethe bucket-specific inverted index to obtain partial results for theevents that are covered by bucket-specific inverted index, but may alsohave to search through the event data in the bucket associated with thebucket-specific inverted index to produce additional results on the fly.In other words, an indexer would need to search through event datastored in the bucket (that was not yet processed by the indexer for thecorresponding inverted index) to supplement the partial results from thebucket-specific inverted index.

FIG. 7D presents a flowchart illustrating how an inverted index in apipelined search query can be used to determine a set of event data thatcan be further limited by filtering or processing in accordance with thedisclosed embodiments.

At block 742, a query is received by a data intake and query system. Insome embodiments, the query can be receive as a user generated queryentered into search bar of a graphical user search interface. The searchinterface also includes a time range control element that enablesspecification of a time range for the query.

At block 744, an inverted index is retrieved. Note, that the invertedindex can be retrieved in response to an explicit user search commandinputted as part of the user generated query. Alternatively, the searchengine can be configured to automatically use an inverted index if itdetermines that using the inverted index would expedite the servicing ofthe user generated query. Each of the entries in an inverted index keepstrack of instances of a specific value in a specific field in the eventdata and includes references to events containing the specific value inthe specific field. In order to expedite queries, in most embodiments,the search engine will employ the inverted index separate from the rawrecord data store to generate responses to the received queries.

At block 746, the query engine determines if the query contains furtherfiltering and processing steps. If the query contains no furthercommands, then, in one embodiment, summarization information can beprovided to the user at block 754.

If, however, the query does contain further filtering and processingcommands, then at block 750, the query engine determines if the commandsrelate to further filtering or processing of the data extracted as partof the inverted index or whether the commands are directed to using theinverted index as an initial filtering step to further filter andprocess event data referenced by the entries in the inverted index. Ifthe query can be completed using data already in the generated invertedindex, then the further filtering or processing steps, e.g., a “count”number of records function, “average” number of records per hour etc.are performed and the results are provided to the user at block 752.

If, however, the query references fields that are not extracted in theinverted index, then the indexers will access event data pointed to bythe reference values in the inverted index to retrieve any furtherinformation required at block 756. Subsequently, any further filteringor processing steps are performed on the fields extracted directly fromthe event data and the results are provided to the user at step 758.

2.13.4. Accelerating Report Generation

In some embodiments, a data server system such as the data intake andquery system can accelerate the process of periodically generatingupdated reports based on query results. To accelerate this process, asummarization engine automatically examines the query to determinewhether generation of updated reports can be accelerated by creatingintermediate summaries. If reports can be accelerated, the summarizationengine periodically generates a summary covering data obtained during alatest non-overlapping time period. For example, where the query seeksevents meeting a specified criteria, a summary for the time periodincludes only events within the time period that meet the specifiedcriteria. Similarly, if the query seeks statistics calculated from theevents, such as the number of events that match the specified criteria,then the summary for the time period includes the number of events inthe period that match the specified criteria.

In addition to the creation of the summaries, the summarization engineschedules the periodic updating of the report associated with the query.During each scheduled report update, the query engine determines whetherintermediate summaries have been generated covering portions of the timeperiod covered by the report update. If so, then the report is generatedbased on the information contained in the summaries. Also, if additionalevent data has been received and has not yet been summarized, and isrequired to generate the complete report, the query can be run on theseadditional events. Then, the results returned by this query on theadditional events, along with the partial results obtained from theintermediate summaries, can be combined to generate the updated report.This process is repeated each time the report is updated. Alternatively,if the system stores events in buckets covering specific time ranges,then the summaries can be generated on a bucket-by-bucket basis. Notethat producing intermediate summaries can save the work involved inre-running the query for previous time periods, so advantageously onlythe newer events needs to be processed while generating an updatedreport. These report acceleration techniques are described in moredetail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,589,403, entitled “COMPRESSED JOURNALING INEVENT TRACKING FILES FOR METADATA RECOVERY AND REPLICATION”, issued on19 Nov. 2013, U.S. Pat. No. 8,412,696, entitled “REAL TIME SEARCHING ANDREPORTING”, issued on 2 Apr. 2011, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,589,375 and8,589,432, both also entitled “REAL TIME SEARCHING AND REPORTING”, bothissued on 19 Nov. 2013, each of which is hereby incorporated byreference in its entirety for all purposes.

2.14. Security Features

The data intake and query system provides various schemas, dashboards,and visualizations that simplify developers' tasks to createapplications with additional capabilities. One such application is thean enterprise security application, such as SPLUNK® ENTERPRISE SECURITY,which performs monitoring and alerting operations and includes analyticsto facilitate identifying both known and unknown security threats basedon large volumes of data stored by the data intake and query system. Theenterprise security application provides the security practitioner withvisibility into security-relevant threats found in the enterpriseinfrastructure by capturing, monitoring, and reporting on data fromenterprise security devices, systems, and applications. Through the useof the data intake and query system searching and reportingcapabilities, the enterprise security application provides a top-downand bottom-up view of an organization's security posture.

The enterprise security application leverages the data intake and querysystem search-time normalization techniques, saved searches, andcorrelation searches to provide visibility into security-relevantthreats and activity and generate notable events for tracking. Theenterprise security application enables the security practitioner toinvestigate and explore the data to find new or unknown threats that donot follow signature-based patterns.

Conventional Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) systemslack the infrastructure to effectively store and analyze large volumesof security-related data. Traditional SIEM systems typically use fixedschemas to extract data from pre-defined security-related fields at dataingestion time and store the extracted data in a relational database.This traditional data extraction process (and associated reduction indata size) that occurs at data ingestion time inevitably hampers futureincident investigations that may need original data to determine theroot cause of a security issue, or to detect the onset of an impendingsecurity threat.

In contrast, the enterprise security application system stores largevolumes of minimally-processed security-related data at ingestion timefor later retrieval and analysis at search time when a live securitythreat is being investigated. To facilitate this data retrieval process,the enterprise security application provides pre-specified schemas forextracting relevant values from the different types of security-relatedevents and enables a user to define such schemas.

The enterprise security application can process many types ofsecurity-related information. In general, this security-relatedinformation can include any information that can be used to identifysecurity threats. For example, the security-related information caninclude network-related information, such as IP addresses, domain names,asset identifiers, network traffic volume, uniform resource locatorstrings, and source addresses. The process of detecting security threatsfor network-related information is further described in U.S. Pat. No.8,826,434, entitled “SECURITY THREAT DETECTION BASED ON INDICATIONS INBIG DATA OF ACCESS TO NEWLY REGISTERED DOMAINS”, issued on 2 Sep. 2014,U.S. Pat. No. 9,215,240, entitled “INVESTIGATIVE AND DYNAMIC DETECTIONOF POTENTIAL SECURITY-THREAT INDICATORS FROM EVENTS IN BIG DATA”, issuedon 15 Dec. 2015, U.S. Pat. No. 9,173,801, entitled “GRAPHIC DISPLAY OFSECURITY THREATS BASED ON INDICATIONS OF ACCESS TO NEWLY REGISTEREDDOMAINS”, issued on 3 Nov. 2015, U.S. Pat. No. 9,248,068, entitled“SECURITY THREAT DETECTION OF NEWLY REGISTERED DOMAINS”, issued on 2Feb. 2016, U.S. Pat. No. 9,426,172, entitled “SECURITY THREAT DETECTIONUSING DOMAIN NAME ACCESSES”, issued on 23 Aug. 2016, and U.S. Pat. No.9,432,396, entitled “SECURITY THREAT DETECTION USING DOMAIN NAMEREGISTRATIONS”, issued on 30 Aug. 2016, each of which is herebyincorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.Security-related information can also include malware infection data andsystem configuration information, as well as access control information,such as login/logout information and access failure notifications. Thesecurity-related information can originate from various sources within adata center, such as hosts, virtual machines, storage devices andsensors. The security-related information can also originate fromvarious sources in a network, such as routers, switches, email servers,proxy servers, gateways, firewalls and intrusion-detection systems.

During operation, the enterprise security application facilitatesdetecting “notable events” that are likely to indicate a securitythreat. A notable event represents one or more anomalous incidents, theoccurrence of which can be identified based on one or more events (e.g.,time stamped portions of raw machine data) fulfilling pre-specifiedand/or dynamically-determined (e.g., based on machine-learning) criteriadefined for that notable event. Examples of notable events include therepeated occurrence of an abnormal spike in network usage over a periodof time, a single occurrence of unauthorized access to system, a hostcommunicating with a server on a known threat list, and the like. Thesenotable events can be detected in a number of ways, such as: (1) a usercan notice a correlation in events and can manually identify that acorresponding group of one or more events amounts to a notable event; or(2) a user can define a “correlation search” specifying criteria for anotable event, and every time one or more events satisfy the criteria,the application can indicate that the one or more events correspond to anotable event; and the like. A user can alternatively select apre-defined correlation search provided by the application. Note thatcorrelation searches can be run continuously or at regular intervals(e.g., every hour) to search for notable events. Upon detection, notableevents can be stored in a dedicated “notable events index,” which can besubsequently accessed to generate various visualizations containingsecurity-related information. Also, alerts can be generated to notifysystem operators when important notable events are discovered.

The enterprise security application provides various visualizations toaid in discovering security threats, such as a “key indicators view”that enables a user to view security metrics, such as counts ofdifferent types of notable events. For example, FIG. 17A illustrates anexample key indicators view 1700 that comprises a dashboard, which candisplay a value 1701, for various security-related metrics, such asmalware infections 1702. It can also display a change in a metric value1703, which indicates that the number of malware infections increased by63 during the preceding interval. Key indicators view 1700 additionallydisplays a histogram panel 1704 that displays a histogram of notableevents organized by urgency values, and a histogram of notable eventsorganized by time intervals. This key indicators view is described infurther detail in pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/956,338,entitled “KEY INDICATORS VIEW”, filed on 31 Jul. 2013, and which ishereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

These visualizations can also include an “incident review dashboard”that enables a user to view and act on “notable events.” These notableevents can include: (1) a single event of high importance, such as anyactivity from a known web attacker; or (2) multiple events thatcollectively warrant review, such as a large number of authenticationfailures on a host followed by a successful authentication. For example,FIG. 17B illustrates an example incident review dashboard 1710 thatincludes a set of incident attribute fields 1711 that, for example,enables a user to specify a time range field 1712 for the displayedevents. It also includes a timeline 1713 that graphically illustratesthe number of incidents that occurred in time intervals over theselected time range. It additionally displays an events list 1714 thatenables a user to view a list of all of the notable events that matchthe criteria in the incident attributes fields 1711. To facilitateidentifying patterns among the notable events, each notable event can beassociated with an urgency value (e.g., low, medium, high, critical),which is indicated in the incident review dashboard. The urgency valuefor a detected event can be determined based on the severity of theevent and the priority of the system component associated with theevent.

2.15. Data Center Monitoring

As mentioned above, the data intake and query platform provides variousfeatures that simplify the developers's task to create variousapplications. One such application is a virtual machine monitoringapplication, such as SPLUNK® APP FOR VMWARE® that provides operationalvisibility into granular performance metrics, logs, tasks and events,and topology from hosts, virtual machines and virtual centers. Itempowers administrators with an accurate real-time picture of the healthof the environment, proactively identifying performance and capacitybottlenecks.

Conventional data-center-monitoring systems lack the infrastructure toeffectively store and analyze large volumes of machine-generated data,such as performance information and log data obtained from the datacenter. In conventional data-center-monitoring systems,machine-generated data is typically pre-processed prior to being stored,for example, by extracting pre-specified data items and storing them ina database to facilitate subsequent retrieval and analysis at searchtime. However, the rest of the data is not saved and discarded duringpre-processing.

In contrast, the virtual machine monitoring application stores largevolumes of minimally processed machine data, such as performanceinformation and log data, at ingestion time for later retrieval andanalysis at search time when a live performance issue is beinginvestigated. In addition to data obtained from various log files, thisperformance-related information can include values for performancemetrics obtained through an application programming interface (API)provided as part of the vSphere Hypervisor™ system distributed byVMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif. For example, these performance metricscan include: (1) CPU-related performance metrics; (2) disk-relatedperformance metrics; (3) memory-related performance metrics; (4)network-related performance metrics; (5) energy-usage statistics; (6)data-traffic-related performance metrics; (7) overall systemavailability performance metrics; (8) cluster-related performancemetrics; and (9) virtual machine performance statistics. Suchperformance metrics are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.14/167,316, entitled “CORRELATION FOR USER-SELECTED TIME RANGES OFVALUES FOR PERFORMANCE METRICS OF COMPONENTS IN ANINFORMATION-TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENT WITH LOG DATA FROM THATINFORMATION-TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENT”, filed on 29 Jan. 2014, and which ishereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

To facilitate retrieving information of interest from performance dataand log files, the virtual machine monitoring application providespre-specified schemas for extracting relevant values from differenttypes of performance-related events, and also enables a user to definesuch schemas.

The virtual machine monitoring application additionally provides variousvisualizations to facilitate detecting and diagnosing the root cause ofperformance problems. For example, one such visualization is a“proactive monitoring tree” that enables a user to easily view andunderstand relationships among various factors that affect theperformance of a hierarchically structured computing system. Thisproactive monitoring tree enables a user to easily navigate thehierarchy by selectively expanding nodes representing various entities(e.g., virtual centers or computing clusters) to view performanceinformation for lower-level nodes associated with lower-level entities(e.g., virtual machines or host systems). Example node-expansionoperations are illustrated in FIG. 17C, wherein nodes 1733 and 1734 areselectively expanded. Note that nodes 1731-1739 can be displayed usingdifferent patterns or colors to represent different performance states,such as a critical state, a warning state, a normal state or anunknown/offline state. The ease of navigation provided by selectiveexpansion in combination with the associated performance-stateinformation enables a user to quickly diagnose the root cause of aperformance problem. The proactive monitoring tree is described infurther detail in U.S. Pat. No. 9,185,007, entitled “PROACTIVEMONITORING TREE WITH SEVERITY STATE SORTING”, issued on 10 Nov. 2015,and U.S. Pat. No. 9,426,045, also entitled “PROACTIVE MONITORING TREEWITH SEVERITY STATE SORTING”, issued on 23 Aug. 2016, each of which ishereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

The virtual machine monitoring application also provides a userinterface that enables a user to select a specific time range and thenview heterogeneous data comprising events, log data, and associatedperformance metrics for the selected time range. For example, the screenillustrated in FIG. 17D displays a listing of recent “tasks and events”and a listing of recent “log entries” for a selected time range above aperformance-metric graph for “average CPU core utilization” for theselected time range. Note that a user is able to operate pull-down menus1742 to selectively display different performance metric graphs for theselected time range. This enables the user to correlate trends in theperformance-metric graph with corresponding event and log data toquickly determine the root cause of a performance problem. This userinterface is described in more detail in U.S. patent application Ser.No. 14/167,316, entitled “CORRELATION FOR USER-SELECTED TIME RANGES OFVALUES FOR PERFORMANCE METRICS OF COMPONENTS IN ANINFORMATION-TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENT WITH LOG DATA FROM THATINFORMATION-TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENT”, filed on 29 Jan. 2014, and which ishereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

2.16. IT Service Monitoring

As previously mentioned, the data intake and query platform providesvarious schemas, dashboards and visualizations that make it easy fordevelopers to create applications to provide additional capabilities.One such application is an IT monitoring application, such as SPLUNK® ITSERVICE INTELLIGENCE™, which performs monitoring and alertingoperations. The IT monitoring application also includes analytics tohelp an analyst diagnose the root cause of performance problems based onlarge volumes of data stored by the data intake and query system ascorrelated to the various services an IT organization provides (aservice-centric view). This differs significantly from conventional ITmonitoring systems that lack the infrastructure to effectively store andanalyze large volumes of service-related events. Traditional servicemonitoring systems typically use fixed schemas to extract data frompre-defined fields at data ingestion time, wherein the extracted data istypically stored in a relational database. This data extraction processand associated reduction in data content that occurs at data ingestiontime inevitably hampers future investigations, when all of the originaldata may be needed to determine the root cause of or contributingfactors to a service issue.

In contrast, an IT monitoring application system stores large volumes ofminimally-processed service-related data at ingestion time for laterretrieval and analysis at search time, to perform regular monitoring, orto investigate a service issue. To facilitate this data retrievalprocess, the IT monitoring application enables a user to define an IToperations infrastructure from the perspective of the services itprovides. In this service-centric approach, a service such as corporatee-mail may be defined in terms of the entities employed to provide theservice, such as host machines and network devices. Each entity isdefined to include information for identifying all of the events thatpertains to the entity, whether produced by the entity itself or byanother machine, and considering the many various ways the entity may beidentified in machine data (such as by a URL, an IP address, or machinename). The service and entity definitions can organize events around aservice so that all of the events pertaining to that service can beeasily identified. This capability provides a foundation for theimplementation of Key Performance Indicators.

One or more Key Performance Indicators (KPI's) are defined for a servicewithin the IT monitoring application. Each KPI measures an aspect ofservice performance at a point in time or over a period of time (aspectKPI's). Each KPI is defined by a search query that derives a KPI valuefrom the machine data of events associated with the entities thatprovide the service. Information in the entity definitions may be usedto identify the appropriate events at the time a KPI is defined orwhenever a KPI value is being determined. The KPI values derived overtime may be stored to build a valuable repository of current andhistorical performance information for the service, and the repository,itself, may be subject to search query processing. Aggregate KPIs may bedefined to provide a measure of service performance calculated from aset of service aspect KPI values; this aggregate may even be takenacross defined timeframes and/or across multiple services. A particularservice may have an aggregate KPI derived from substantially all of theaspect KPI's of the service to indicate an overall health score for theservice.

The IT monitoring application facilitates the production of meaningfulaggregate KPI's through a system of KPI thresholds and state values.Different KPI definitions may produce values in different ranges, and sothe same value may mean something very different from one KPI definitionto another. To address this, the IT monitoring application implements atranslation of individual KPI values to a common domain of “state”values. For example, a KPI range of values may be 1-100, or 50-275,while values in the state domain may be ‘critical,’ ‘warning,’ normal,′and ‘informational’.. Thresholds associated with a particular KPIdefinition determine ranges of values for that KPI that correspond tothe various state values. In one case, KPI values 95-100 may be set tocorrespond to ‘critical’ in the state domain. KPI values from disparateKPI's can be processed uniformly once they are translated into thecommon state values using the thresholds. For example, “normal 80% ofthe time” can be applied across various KPI's. To provide meaningfulaggregate KPI's, a weighting value can be assigned to each KPI so thatits influence on the calculated aggregate KPI value is increased ordecreased relative to the other KPI's.

One service in an IT environment often impacts, or is impacted by,another service. The IT monitoring application can reflect thesedependencies. For example, a dependency relationship between a corporatee-mail service and a centralized authentication service can be reflectedby recording an association between their respective servicedefinitions. The recorded associations establish a service dependencytopology that informs the data or selection options presented in a GUI,for example. (The service dependency topology is like a “map” showinghow services are connected based on their dependencies.) The servicetopology may itself be depicted in a GUI and may be interactive to allownavigation among related services.

Entity definitions in the IT monitoring application can includeinformational fields that can serve as metadata, implied data fields, orattributed data fields for the events identified by other aspects of theentity definition. Entity definitions in the IT monitoring applicationcan also be created and updated by an import of tabular data (asrepresented in a CSV, another delimited file, or a search query resultset). The import may be GUI-mediated or processed using importparameters from a GUI-based import definition process. Entitydefinitions in the IT monitoring application can also be associated witha service by means of a service definition rule. Processing the ruleresults in the matching entity definitions being associated with theservice definition. The rule can be processed at creation time, andthereafter on a scheduled or on-demand basis. This allows dynamic,rule-based updates to the service definition.

During operation, the IT monitoring application can recognize notableevents that may indicate a service performance problem or othersituation of interest. These notable events can be recognized by a“correlation search” specifying trigger criteria for a notable event:every time KPI values satisfy the criteria, the application indicates anotable event. A severity level for the notable event may also bespecified. Furthermore, when trigger criteria are satisfied, thecorrelation search may additionally or alternatively cause a serviceticket to be created in an IT service management (ITSM) system, such asa systems available from ServiceNow, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif.

SPLUNK® IT SERVICE INTELLIGENCE™ provides various visualizations builton its service-centric organization of events and the KPI valuesgenerated and collected. Visualizations can be particularly useful formonitoring or investigating service performance. The IT monitoringapplication provides a service monitoring interface suitable as the homepage for ongoing IT service monitoring. The interface is appropriate forsettings such as desktop use or for a wall-mounted display in a networkoperations center (NOC). The interface may prominently display aservices health section with tiles for the aggregate KPI's indicatingoverall health for defined services and a general KPI section with tilesfor KPI's related to individual service aspects. These tiles may displayKPI information in a variety of ways, such as by being colored andordered according to factors like the KPI state value. They also can beinteractive and navigate to visualizations of more detailed KPIinformation.

The IT monitoring application provides a service-monitoring dashboardvisualization based on a user-defined template. The template can includeuser-selectable widgets of varying types and styles to display KPIinformation. The content and the appearance of widgets can responddynamically to changing KPI information. The KPI widgets can appear inconjunction with a background image, user drawing objects, or othervisual elements, that depict the IT operations environment, for example.The KPI widgets or other GUI elements can be interactive so as toprovide navigation to visualizations of more detailed KPI information.

The IT monitoring application provides a visualization showing detailedtime-series information for multiple KPI's in parallel graph lanes. Thelength of each lane can correspond to a uniform time range, while thewidth of each lane may be automatically adjusted to fit the displayedKPI data. Data within each lane may be displayed in a user selectablestyle, such as a line, area, or bar chart. During operation a user mayselect a position in the time range of the graph lanes to activate laneinspection at that point in time. Lane inspection may display anindicator for the selected time across the graph lanes and display theKPI value associated with that point in time for each of the graphlanes. The visualization may also provide navigation to an interface fordefining a correlation search, using information from the visualizationto pre-populate the definition.

The IT monitoring application provides a visualization for incidentreview showing detailed information for notable events. The incidentreview visualization may also show summary information for the notableevents over a time frame, such as an indication of the number of notableevents at each of a number of severity levels. The severity leveldisplay may be presented as a rainbow chart with the warmest colorassociated with the highest severity classification. The incident reviewvisualization may also show summary information for the notable eventsover a time frame, such as the number of notable events occurring withinsegments of the time frame. The incident review visualization maydisplay a list of notable events within the time frame ordered by anynumber of factors, such as time or severity. The selection of aparticular notable event from the list may display detailed informationabout that notable event, including an identification of the correlationsearch that generated the notable event.

The IT monitoring application provides pre-specified schemas forextracting relevant values from the different types of service-relatedevents. It also enables a user to define such schemas.

3.0 User Journeys

As described above, machine data can be ingested, for example by thedata intake and query system 108, and events produced based on themachine data. The events can be utilized to provide insight into complexcomputing systems. For example, events can be accessibly maintained inthe data stores, and queries identifying a set of data and a manner ofprocessing the data can be executed. In this way, the machine data canbe investigated (e.g., poked) via differing queries, updated fielddefinitions, and so on, to identify useful information for requestingusers.

As an example of machine data in disparate computing systems maygenerate data in response to events, interactions, triggers, and so on.For example, a computing system may record network access events (e.g.,user account logins to a computing system), user events (e.g., acomputing system may monitor user activity or user behavior), servicerelated events (e.g., as described above with respect to Section 2.16),and so on. In some cases, the disparate computing systems can recorduser interactions with the computing systems. For example, the machinedata may include information indicative of a particular user interactingwith a computing system, along with further information describing theinteraction. Further interaction with cone computing system can triggerthe computing system to interact with another computing system, whichmay generate machine data in response.

These disparate computing systems may therefore generate machine datathat describes multitudes of touchpoints associated with a respectiveentity (e.g., a user, an object, a computing system, and so on). In thisspecification, a touchpoint can refer to any interaction of an entitywith a computing system, or any interaction of an entity that isrecorded by a computing system. For example, the entity may include auser, and a touchpoint may include the user accessing his/her useraccount on a particular computing system. The particular computingsystem, which may be a domain controller or active directory server, maygenerate machine data associated with the user interaction.

A second touch point may include the user account performing an actionon a user device (e.g., a laptop, computer, tablet), such as causing adownload of information to the user device or accessing a virtualprivate network (VPN). The user device may generate data associated withthis second touch point. Additionally, a call received at a call centerfrom an entity may represent a third touch point. For example, acomputing system recording received calls may generate machine data inresponse to the call from the entity.

A combination of these touchpoints may, as an example, provide usefulinformation related to interactions with one or more computing systems.With respect to the example of users accessing their respective useraccounts, additional touchpoints may include particular types ofinteractions the user accounts perform, along with a touchpointspecifying that the users logged out of their respective user accounts.In this way, the touchpoints may help form a picture of a particularuser's utilization of an accessed user account or interaction withvarious computer systems associated with the user account. For example,a time at which the particular user accessed his/her user account, alongwith a location from which the access occurred, can be identified fromevents. Similarly, the system can identify whether the particular userperformed particular types of interactions, and then identify a time atwhich the particular user ceased accessing his/her user account.

Thus, users, or other entities, may interact with disparate computingsystems as part of an ongoing process, or journey. Being able to analyzeevents describing these interactions, and stitching them together togenerate a digestible representation of each user's journey may bebeneficial to understand these interactions. For example, stitching(e.g., aggregating) events together can provide insights into specificpaths typically taken by users to complete a journey. As an example, ajourney may be related to processing of an application, and aggregatingevents may inform all the interactions (e.g., different paths) thatdifferent users have prior to their respective applications beingcomplete. These insights may help improve future computer interactions,for example to reduce user frictions via an understanding of typicaljourneys.

As will be described below, a user journey may be defined that includesone or more steps. Each step can correspond to one or more events fromone or more data sources. Therefore, a user journey can indicateoccurrences of events across one or more disparate data sources or datasystems.

In some cases, the path of a particular user across one or more steps ofa user journey, or the user journey of a particular user or entity canbe referred to as a journey instance. In some embodiments, a journeyinstance can include a path through each of the steps of a user journey,and in certain embodiments, the journey instance includes a path througha subset of the steps of a user journey. Further, in certain cases, auser journey, such as a broadly defined grouping of touchpoints, steps,or events, a particular sequence of steps or touchpoints, or a groupingof multiple particular user's journeys may also be referred to as ajourney model.

A system (e.g., the data intake and query system 108) can executequeries based on the steps, and provide results (e.g., in one or moreuser interfaces) to reviewing users. For example, the results canindicate occurrences of touchpoints that may occur along a user journey.To relate these results to individual entities (e.g., users), forexample touchpoints of a specific entity, the system can stitch eventstogether that are related to each entity. However, as different eventsmay include machine data generated from disparate systems, these eventsmay not be easily relatable. For example, an event describing a firsttouchpoint of a user may identify the user in a first way (e.g., a nameof the user), while an event describing a second touchpoint of a usermay identify the user in a second way (e.g., a phone number of theuser).

As will be described below, with respect to FIG. 19, one or morestitching schemes can be utilized to relate events. As described above,each step may be associated with a particular data source. For stepsassociated with a same data source, the events which satisfy searchqueries corresponding to these steps may be rapidly relatable. Forexample, the events from this same data source that are related to asame entity may include a portion of same information. A particularfield, for example a Session ID or User ID, may include a same value forevents related to a same entity. Therefore, a stitching scheme for theseevents may specify that events including a same value for the particularfield are related to a same entity.

However, for steps associated with different data sources, the eventswhich satisfy search queries corresponding to these steps may not beimmediately relatable. A stitching scheme for these events may thereforeinclude utilization of a lookup table that correlates events associatedwith different data sources. For example, and with respect to theexample described above, a lookup table can correlate names of userswith their phone numbers. Another stitching scheme for these events mayutilize ‘gluing events’, which can represent intermediate events thatinclude information associated with a first a data source andinformation associated with a second data source. As an example, a firstcomputing system may trigger a second computing system, and thetriggering may specify a Session ID or User ID related to an entity. Thesecond computing system may record this specified information in machinedata, and further record its Session ID or User Id. The system canexecute one or more search queries to identify these gluing events, andtherefore relate events that are associated with the first computingsystem and the second computing system.

While reference is made herein to a search query, it should beunderstood that search query can encompass any search of informationthat causes the system to determine satisfaction of particularconstraints, such as whether particular values, fields, and so on, areincluded in events. As an example, a search query may be specifiedaccording to the Splunk Processing Language (SPL) described above.

As an example of a user journey, a user journey can include stepsrelated to processing of a user application (e.g., application forparticular network credit application, job application, and so on). Forexample, a first step may be associated with receipt of an application.The first step may specify a query to identify occurrences of aparticular value for a field included in events. The field may berelated to actions performed by users, and the particular value mayreflect the action of receiving an application submitted by a user. Inthe example first step, the data sources may include informationreceived from, or generated by, computing systems at which applicationsare received. As described above, these data sources may be specified bya user creating the user journey, or optionally these data sources maybe automatically selected by the system (e.g., based on analyzing theuser journey). For the example user journey, additional steps mayfurther specify queries associated with the application's processingand/or status. Each of these additional steps may cause application(e.g., execution) of search queries on differing data sources, such thata user's application may be monitored across the data sources.

As will be described below, for example with respect to FIGS. 19-27, auser can create a user journey through efficient user interfaces thatsuccinctly mask the complexities associated with analyzing millions,billions, and so on, of events produced from machine data of disparatecomputing systems. With respect to the example of an applicationdescribed above, a user can indicate data sources which include eventsdescribing status information of an application. The user can thenindicate how events correlate across data sources (e.g., stitchingschemes as described above). For example, as described above a lookuptable can be utilized to correlate information included in events thatare associated with different data sources. Steps can then be definedfor the user journey, and, as will be described, the search queriesspecified by each step can be generated via minimal user interactionswith a user interface. Optionally, the search queries can be generatedby the user, for example, using a query language (e.g., SPL as describedabove).

As will be described, at least with respect to FIG. 21, to improveefficiency and ease of creating user journeys, common field identifierscan be created and utilized across data sources. For example, a usercreating a user journey can indicate that a field name specific to afirst data source corresponds with a particular common field identifier.Similarly, the user can indicate that a different field name specific toa second data source also corresponds to the particular common fieldidentifier. In this way, the user can create a user journey via a set ofcommon field identifiers such that steps can be rapidly defined. Anexample common field identifier may include ‘UserID’, and the user canindicate that a first field (e.g., a field specifying user name) inevents associated with a first data source corresponds to ‘User ID’.Similarly, the user can indicate that a second field (e.g., a fieldspecifying phone number) in events associated with a second data sourcesimilarly corresponds to ‘UserID’. Therefore, the user can create stepsthat can be used to generate queries to be applied to events associatedwith different data sources, with the queries specifying the commonfield identifier ‘UserID’.

Upon creation of a user journey, the system can execute queries definedbased on information provided by steps of the journey, and relateresulting events. As will be described, at least with reference to FIGS.29 and 30, the system can analyze events being received in real-time, orthe system can analyze events previously produced and stored in datastores, including field-searchable data stores. Additionally, asdescribed below at least with reference to FIGS. 18 and 31-36, thesystem, or a presentation system in communication with the system, cangenerate user interfaces for presentation on user devices that describethe relating.

FIG. 18 illustrates an example user interface 1800 displaying a userjourney 1802. The user interface 1800 can be an example of aninteractive user interface generated, at least in part, by a system(e.g., a server system, the data intake and query system 108, and soon), and which is presented on (e.g., rendered by) a user device (e.g.,a laptop, a computer, a tablet, a wearable device). For example, theuser interface 1800 can be presented via a webpage being presented onthe user device. As another example, the webpage may be associated witha web application (e.g., executing on the data intake and query system108) that receives user input on the user device and updates inresponse. Optionally, the user interface 1800 can be generated via anapplication (e.g., an ‘app’ obtained from an electronic applicationstore) executing on a user device, and the application can receiveinformation for presentation in the user interface 1800 from an outsidesystem (e.g., the data intake and query system 108).

User interface 1800 includes a graphical depiction of an example userjourney 1802 that includes example steps 1806A-F. As described above, auser journey includes one or more steps, with each step corresponding toone or more queries to be applied to events associated with datasources. A particular entity, such as a user or object, can be monitoredas it traverses a user journey. For example, an initial eventidentifying an example user that satisfies one or more queriescorresponding to a first step may be correlated with (e.g., related to)a second event identifying the example user satisfying queriescorresponding to a second step. In this way, the example user can bedetermined to have traversed from the first step to the second step.Similarly, events identifying multitudes of users can be similarlymonitored, and related to determine which events are associated with asame user. User interface information describing results of the relatingcan be presented.

FIG. 18 illustrates summary information associated with example userjourney 1802. As illustrated, steps 1806A-F are graphically connectedvia respective visual links 1803 between the steps. These links indicatetransitions between steps, for example the visual link 1803 indicatesusers' transitioning from step 1806A to step 1806C. Based on monitoringevents for occurrences of the steps 1806A-F, user interface 1800presents indications of a total number of users 1810 who have initiateduser journey 1802, indications of a quantity of users associated witheach step (e.g., visual element 1808 may represent a quantity of users,with the element 1808 optionally sized according to a number of usersassociated with the visual element 1808 as compared to the total numberof users 1810), and so on. Additional summary information includesaverage times associated with each step (e.g., transition between step1806A and step 1806B is illustrated as taking 44 minutes). In this way,a reviewing user can utilize the user interface 1800 to view informationotherwise buried inside complex machine data and events, via an easy todigest user interface 1800.

Optionally, the visual element 1808 can represent a single user. Asillustrated, visual element 1808 is illustrated as transitioning betweenstep 1806D and step 1806A. The example user journey 1802 may illustrateparticular steps (e.g., major steps, for example as specified by auser), but the user journey 1802 may include additional steps notillustrated. Thus, there may be steps between the illustrated steps1806D and 1806A. To determine the single user's location along with avisual link between step 1806D and 1806A, the system can utilize anumber of remaining (e.g., uncompleted) steps between the steps 1806D,1806A. Optionally, even without these additional steps, the system canpredict that the single user is transitioning (e.g., the single user islikely to be transitioning) between the steps 1806D, 1806A, based on atime since the single user completed step 1806D. That is, the system candetermine an average time from completion of step 1806D to completion ofstep 1806A across all users, or users with that share features similarto the single user (e.g., location, demographics, historicalinformation, and so on). In this way, the system can model the visualelement's 1808 location along a visual link based on a time since thesingle user completed step 1806D. For example, the system can identifyan event satisfying a query corresponding to step 1806D, and utilizetimestamp information included in the event.

In the example of FIG. 18, user journey 1802 describes steps towardscompletion of creating a user account. Initial step 1806A indicatescreation of a user account, for example an event can be identified thatincludes machine data associated with the initial creation of the useraccount. The final step 1806F indicates implementation of assignednetwork access rights associated with the created user account. Asillustrated, different paths from the initial step 1806A to the finalstep 1806F are included. For example, a first path can traverse steps1806A, 1806C, 1806E, and 1806F. A second path can traverse steps 1806A,1806B, 1806C, 1806E, and 1806F. This second path differs from the firstpath in that, for at least one user, user information was obtained(e.g., step 1806B). For example, one or more events specifying theexample user may have indicated that user information was obtained(e.g., an event can indicate that a network call to a storage system wasperformed, or an event can indicate that a request for user information,such as an email, was provided, and so on). As described above, eachstep can correspond to, or be used to generate, one or more queries tobe executed, and the executed queries for step 1806B may have identifiedevents specific to the example user. In contrast, a different exampleuser who traversed the first path may have had his/her user informationentered at a time of user account creation in step 1806A.

As will be described in more detail below, with respect to FIG. 28, anordering of the steps 1806 A-F, and thus a determination of the links1803 between steps 1806A-F, can be determined by the data intake andquery system 108 based on monitoring and/or relating events. Forexample, the data intake and query system 108 can identify occurrencesof each step for a particular user, and identify a path traversing thesteps based on timestamp information. Similarly, the data intake andquery system 108 can determine alternate paths based on monitoringmultitudes of users. In this way, the data intake and query system 108can operate with limited assumptions, such that all paths between stepsthat users take can be empirically determined. As will be describedbelow, with respect to FIG. 22, the data intake and query system 108 candetermine most-used paths, and further cluster entities (e.g., users)according to paths they traverse.

The user interface 1800 further illustrates representations of users whoare transitioning between steps. For example, visual element 1808 (e.g.,the visual element can be a circle, square, an arbitrary shape orpolygon, and so on) can represent a particular number of users who havecompleted a step and are traversing to a subsequent step. Optionally,the user interface 1800 can illustrate movement of the visual elementsbetween steps. For example, an animation of the visual elementstransitioning between steps 1806A-F can be presented. Optionally, aspeed associated with the movement can be based on a measure of centraltendency of an amount of time a transition takes. As will be describedbelow, the data intake and query system 108 can monitor occurrences ofsteps, and determine statistical information associated with themonitoring. In this way, the system 108 can determine that, for example,transitioning from step 1806A to step 1806C takes 44 minutes (e.g., ameasure of central tendency of transitions can be determined to take 44minutes).

Additionally, the user interface 1800 includes textual information 1804associated with the user journey (e.g., “User Account Creation”). Thistextual information 1804 can be specified by a user creating the userjourney 1802. Optionally, the textual information 1804 may beautomatically generated by the data intake and query system 108 based onan analysis of included steps 1806A-F. As an example, utilizing machinelearning techniques the data intake and query system 108 can analyzequeries specified in the steps 1806A-F, and determine correspondingtextual information that reflects the queries. For example, the system102 can compare the queries with queries utilized in other userjourneys, to determine similar user journeys. The textual information1804 associated with these similar user journeys may be analyzed andupdated via the machine learning techniques based on the specificqueries of user journey 1802.

FIG. 19 illustrates an example process 1900 for creating a user journey.For convenience, the process 1900 will be described as being performedby a system of one or more computers (e.g., the data intake and querysystem 108).

At block 1902, the system receives information specifying data sourcesassociated with a user journey. As described above, a user journey canutilize events associated with particular data sources. For example, auser creating the user journey may be interested in particulartouchpoints (e.g., user interactions) with disparate computing systems.The user can therefore indicate data sources related to thesetouchpoints. For example, if a touchpoint is associated with an entityplacing a call to a call center, the user creating a user journey canspecify a data source that records information associated with suchcalls.

Optionally, as the system receives information specifying data sources,the system can utilize machine learning techniques to recommendadditional data sources that may be of interest to the user. Forexample, if the user specifies a data source associated with a callcenter, the system can recommend a data source storing touchpoints(e.g., user interactions) with a front-end system. The system may assumethat the user will want to understand why a call center was called, andtherefore can recommend a data source indicating specific userinteractions that led to a call being placed. That is, the front-endsystem may record machine data describing user interactions on a webpage, with the web page specifying a call number. Therefore, if a callto the call number was placed, the user creating the user journey may beinterested in the user interactions with the web page which led to thecall. The system can analyze prior created user journeys, and determineclusters of data sources which are generally utilized together. In thisway, the system can recommend data sources to the user to increase aspeed at which the user journey is created.

At block 1904, the system maps fields included in events associated withthe specified data sources to common field identifiers. Each data sourcemay include events with differing field identifiers. For example, valuesof identifying information included in events associated with a firstdata source may correspond to a different field identifier than valuesof identifying information included in events associated with a seconddata source. The system can map these different field identifiers to asame common field identifier.

As an example, and as will be described in more detail with respect toFIG. 20, a common field identifier may relate to a step. For example, astep may optionally be defined as corresponding to values of aparticular field included in events. For example, field values for afield named ‘action’ of events associated with a particular data sourcemay indicate user interactions. Therefore, the system can receive amapping of the ‘actions’ field to a common field identifier (e.g.,“Steps” as illustrated in FIG. 20).

As another example, and as will be described in more detail below withrespect to FIG. 21, a common field identifier may relate to a sessionidentifier (e.g., ‘Session ID’ as illustrated in FIG. 21). A sessionidentifier can indicate a particular session of an entity, and can beutilized by a computing system to reflect interactions of the entity.For example, the computing system may generate machine data that tracksinteractions of an entity using the same session identifier. To stitchevents together that relate to a particular entity, the system cantherefore identify all events that include a same session identifier.

At block 1906, the system obtains information indicating correlationsbetween data sources. As described above, and as illustrated in FIGS.24-27, stitching schemes can be utilized to relate events from same datasources, and also relate events across data sources. That is, todetermine whether an entity has completed a user journey, the system mayhave to relate events together to identify that the entity has completedthe user journey.

A user of the system can specify these stitching schemes. For example,the user can indicate that for events associated with a same datasource, a particular field is to be utilized to identify related events.As described above, with respect to block 1904, a particular field maybe a session identifier, and the user can specify that the sessionidentifier field be utilized to identify related events. As anotherexample, the user can indicate that a user identifier be utilized torelate events from a particular data source. For example, events fromthe particular data source may include a user name associated with aninteraction. The user can therefore specify that user name be utilizedto identify related events from the particular data source.

Additionally, to relate events associated with different data sources,the user can indicate stitching schemes for these different sources. Asan example, and as illustrated in FIG. 24, a user interface can bepresented to the user identifying the data sources selected in block1902. The user can then specify a stitching scheme between each of theidentified data sources. For example, the user can indicate that alookup table is to be utilized between a first data source and a seconddata source. In this example, the user can specify a field in eventsassociated with the first data source that are correlated with eventsassociated with the data source via a lookup table. As another exampleof a stitching scheme, the user can indicate that a gluing event is tobe utilized to relate events from a first data source and a second datasource. In this example, the system can execute a query to identifyevents (e.g., gluing events) from, for example, the second data sourcethat include a field associated with the first data source and a fieldassociated with the second data source. Based on these identifiedevents, identifiers associated with the first data source and seconddata source can be related. Further description of a gluing event isincluded below, with respect to FIG. 28.

The system may optionally utilize machine learning techniques todetermine a stitching scheme. For example, the system can analyze fieldidentifiers included in events associated with the selected datasources. Utilizing similarity rules (e.g., a Levenshtein distance), thesystem can determine that identifying information may be similarlylabeled (e.g., a field identifier labeled ‘processID’ in a first datasource may correspond with a field identifier labeled ‘process_ID’ or‘process identifier’ in a second data sources). Optionally the systemcan automatically select stitching schemes utilized in prior createduser journeys. For example, the system can store information indicatingcorrelations between the data sources, and can automatically utilizestitching schemes created for prior user journeys.

At block 1908, the system obtains selections of steps to be included inthe user journey. As will be described below, with respect to FIG. 23,the system can present steps that are able to be selected for inclusionin the user journey. For example, the steps may have been previouslycreated. Additionally, each step may optionally be specific to aparticular data source. Therefore, the steps can correspond to values ofa particular field identifier included in events associated with aparticular data source. For example, and as described above, a fieldidentifier can be associated with user interactions or touchpoints(e.g., a field identifier ‘action’). The system can present commonvalues of this field identifier as determined from the events associatedwith the particular data source, and the user can select one or more ofthese values to correspond to steps of the user journey. Subsequently,the user can select a different data source, and select values of afield identifier as corresponding to steps for this different datasource.

In some cases, the system can recommend additional steps to the userbased on current selections of steps. That is, the system can analyzeprior created user journeys and determine clusterings of steps (e.g.,steps that are commonly included in a same user journey). The system cantherefore cause presentation of recommend steps, which the user canselect or discard.

At block 1910, the system causes application of the created userjourney. Upon selection of the steps, a user can indicate that the userjourney is to be applied to events. For example, the user journey can beapplied as will be described below with respect to FIG. 29. It will beunderstood that fewer, more, or different steps can be included inroutine 1900. For example, the system can generate the queries for eachstep based on the information received from the user via one or moreuser interfaces.

FIGS. 20-27 illustrate user interfaces associated with creation of auser journey, for example as described in FIG. 19. For example, FIG. 20illustrates a user interface for specifying a field included in eventsof a particular data source (e.g., “Self-Service Portal”) that is tocorrespond with a common field identifier associated with availablesteps. FIG. 21 illustrates a user interface for specifying a fieldincluded in events that is to be utilized to relate events associatedwith a same data source (e.g., “Self-Service Portal”). FIG. 22illustrates a user interface for specifying information included inevents that is to be stored when events satisfying a step's queries arelocated. For example, if a step is related to a user adding an item to acart, FIG. 22 can be utilized to specify that for events satisfying thisstep, the system is to store an identification of the specific itemsbeing added. FIG. 23 illustrates a user interface for selecting steps tobe included in a user journey. FIGS. 24-27 illustrate user interfacesfor relating events between different data sources, for example userinterfaces to specify stitching schemes.

FIG. 20 illustrates an example user interface 2000 for identifying afield identifier whose field values are to indicate potential steps of ajourney in a particular data source. As described above, steps of a userjourney can be created, with each step being associated with atouchpoint or user interaction. In the example illustrated in FIG. 20, acommon field identifier ‘Steps’ 2002 can represent generic steps for ajourney, and the user interface 2000 can be utilized to identify aparticular field identifier from the data source fields 2004 that ismapped to the generic step of the journey. That is, field values offield identifier selected from the data source fields 2004 can beutilized to identify occurrences of steps in a journey.

In the illustrated embodiment, the user interface 2000 includes a listof data source fields 2004 of events associated with the particular datasource (e.g., data source ‘Self-Service Portal’). A user of the userinterface 2000 can indicate which field identifier from the data sourcefields 2004 is to be used to identify steps in a journey, e.g., the datasource field 2004 whose field values correspond to steps of the userjourney. In the illustrated embodiment, the user of user interface 2000has selected field identifier ‘action’. Upon selection, user interface2000 has updated to list one or more field values 2006 associated withthe selected field identifier. That is, the data intake and query system108 identifies events associated with the particular data source, andidentifies field values included in events for the field ‘action’. Inthe illustrated embodiment, the field values for the field ‘action,’include at least: Login, Logout, Addtocart, RemoveFromCart, Checkout,viewProduct, compareProduct, Download, and ReadReview. In some cases,the field values 2006 can correspond to the most common field values forthe field ‘action’. However, it will be understood the system candetermine and display the field values 2006 using a variety oftechniques.

As described in greater detail herein with reference to FIG. 23, a usercan select one or more of the field values 2006 as being a step in auser journey. Further, the data intake and query system 108 cangenerate, for each step, a query that identifies the field identifier‘action’ and a respective selected value of the field identifier. Inthis way, if the user later selects value ‘Login’ 2008 as a step, thedata intake and query system 108 can execute a query on eventsassociated with the particular data source that causes identification ofevents that include the value ‘Login’ 2008 for the field ‘action’.

FIG. 21 illustrates another example user interface 2100 for mapping afield identifier in a particular data source (e.g., “Self-ServicePortal”) to a common field identifier 2102. User interface 2100 enablesa user to map a specific field identifier 2104 of events associated withthe particular data source to a common field identifier 2102. In theexample, the user is mapping the specific field identifier 2104‘jsessionID’ to the common field identifier 2102 ‘Session ID’. Asdescribed above, the common field identifier 2102 ‘SessionID’ can beutilized to stitch events together into a particular user's journey. Forexample, the common field identifier 2102 ‘SessionID’ can be utilized torelate events associated with the particular data source. As anotherexample, the user can map field identifiers included in other datasources selected for use with a user journey to the same common fieldidentifier 2102. Since field values for the common field identifier 2102‘SessionID’ in the various events or machine data can be unique, thedata intake and query system 108 can utilize the field values for thecommon field identifier 2102 ‘SessionID’ of each data source to stichevents together as part of a particular user's journey. For example, allevents in a data source that have the value “WC-SH-G68” for the field“jsessionID” can be mapped together as part of a particular user'sjourney.

In some embodiments, the common field identifier ‘User ID’ can beutilized to stich events together. In some cases, the system canautomatically map a specific field identifier 2104 from the particulardata source to a common field identifier 2102. For example, the systemcan automatically map the specific field identifier 2104 “_time” for theevents associated with the particular data source with the common fieldidentifier 2102 ‘Time Stamp’, and so forth.

FIG. 22 illustrates an example user interface 2200 for specifyinginformation that is to be recorded for a particular step. As describedabove, the system can execute queries generated based on steps andobtain events satisfying the queries. In the example of FIG. 22, aparticular step 2202 is associated with a user interaction of adding aproduct to a cart. A user of the data intake and query system 108 maywish to record, for this particular step 2202, information associatedwith the user interaction. That is, upon identifying an event satisfyinga query associated with adding a product to a cart, the system 108 canrecord (e.g., store) relevant information included in the event (e.g.,the information can be utilized to provide context).

Accordingly, the user interface 2200 presents field identifiers 2204included in a data source that are associated with the particular step2202 “Addtocart.” A user of the user interface 2200 can select one ormore of the field identifiers 2204, indicating that values of thesefield identifiers will be recorded. In the example of FIG. 22, the userhas selected fields ‘productID’ and ‘ProductName’. In this way, upon adetermined occurrence of the particular step, the data intake and querysystem 108 can obtain a ‘productID’ and ‘ProductName’ associated withthe occurrence. Therefore, the system 108 can identify events associatedwith the ‘Addtocart’ 2202 step, and obtain contextual information fromthe identified events (e.g., product id and product name).

In some cases, the system can automatically record other informationrelated to the events identified in the queries, such as the fieldvalues that correspond to the common field identifiers. For example, thesystem can automatically record the time stamp of the events, the fieldvalue that corresponds to the field identifier of the data source thatwas related to the common field identifier Session ID, and so on.

FIG. 23 illustrates a user interface 2300 for selecting steps to beincluded in a user journey. As described above, with respect to FIG. 19,multiple data sources may be selected for a user journey being created.For each of these data sources, one or more steps of the user journeymay be selected. That is, each step may be associated with a userinteraction or touchpoint that is specific to a respective data source.

User interface 2300 includes indications of five data sources 2302selected for a user journey (Call Center IVR, Point of Sale, Mobile App,CRM, NPS Survey). A user of the user interface 2300 has selected thedata source ‘Call Center IVR’ 2304, and the system displays the steps2306 that are available to be selected from the data source ‘Call CenterIVR’ 2304 for inclusion in the user journey. In some cases, theavailable steps 2306 can correspond to field values of a data sourcefield 2004, where the field values are included in events associatedwith the data source ‘Call Center IVR’ 2304. For example, with referenceto FIGS. 20 and 23, the available steps 2306 (e.g., Explore Product,Compare Product, Add Product to . . . , Remove Product, Checkout,Changbe profile, Add credit card) can correspond to field values of an‘action’ field in the data source ‘Call Center IVR’ 2304. For example,once a user selects the ‘action’ field in user interface 2000, theavailable steps 2304 are obtained as field values for the selected field‘action’. In the illustrated embodiment, a user of user interface 2300has selected six steps 2308 for the user journey.

For the selected steps 2308 that are associated with the same datasource 2304, the system can relate the steps as described above withrespect to FIG. 21. That is, events satisfying these steps can includethe same field value for one or more fields (e.g., the same field valuefor the field ‘jsessionID’), as they are all associated with the samedata source 2304. Therefore, the events can be related based on, forexample, Session ID or User ID as described above. For selected events2308 that are associated with different data sources, the system canrelate the steps using a variety of technique, examples of which aredescribed below with reference to FIGS. 24-27.

FIG. 24 illustrates an example user interface 2400 for specifyingcorrelations between data sources 2402 selected for a user journey. Asdescribed above, with respect to FIG. 19, events associated withdifferent data sources 2402 may include different information associatedwith an entity, such that determining that a first event and a secondevent from different data sources are associated with a same entity(e.g., user) can be difficult.

User interface 2400 presents a matrix 2404 specifying variouscombinations of the selected data sources 2402. A user of user interface2400 can indicate for any combination, how events associated with thecombination correlate. For example, a user has specified that eventsassociated with data source ‘Self-Service Portal’ and events associatedwith data source ‘CC IVR’ can be correlated using a lookup table 2406.That is, to stitch events together from these data sources, the systemcan use a lookup table to translate between the identifying informationof one to the identifying information of the other. As an example,events associated with ‘Self-Service Portal’ may specify a name of anentity, and events associated with ‘CC IVR’ may specify an address ofthe entity. A lookup table may therefore be utilized to translatebetween name and address.

FIG. 25 is a user interface 2500 illustrating a first example stitchingscheme 2502. To correlate between a first data source 2504 and a seconddata source 2506, a user of user interface 2500 has selected thestitching scheme, ‘Direct Match’. A direct match can indicate thatevents associated with the data sources 2504, 2506, include sameidentifying information, which may be found in fields having the same ora different field identifier. For example, one data source may use thefield identifier ‘username’ for a user's full name, whereas another datasource may use the field identifier ‘userID’ for the user's full name.Although the field identifiers are different, the field values forevents in the two systems that are related can be the same.

In the illustrated embodiment, events associated with data source 2504and events associated with data source 2506 may both include a field‘Session ID’ 2508, and the field values for the events in the differentdata source can match. Accordingly, the user can specify the fieldidentifiers ‘Session ID’ 2508 for each data source for association. Uponselection, the user interface 2500 can update with example matchingvalues 2510 associated with each field identifier 2508, to ensure that acorrect field identifier 2508 was selected. In some embodiments, whenrelating events based on a ‘Direct Match’, the system can use a varietyof techniques to identify the related events. In some cases, the systemcan determine whether the field values based on identical matches orsimilar matches using fuzzy logic. For example, the system can determinethat a field value in an event in one system of ‘David G Smith’ can berelated to an event from a different data source having ‘Dave Smith’,‘David Smith’, or David Smth’, etc.

In some embodiments, the user interface 2500 can be used to identify afield identifier in different data sources that are to correspond to thecommon field identifier 2102. For example, a user can enter a fieldidentifier for a field in the Self-Service Portal data source and acorresponding field identifier for a field in the Call Center IVR datasource that are to be used as the common field identifiers 2102 ‘SessionID’ for the respective data sources. The entered field identifiers canbe used to correlate events from different data sources as part of thesame journey.

FIG. 26 is a user interface 2600 illustrating a second example stitchingscheme 2602. To correlate between a first data source 2604 and a seconddata source 2606, a user of user interface 2600 has selected thestitching scheme, ‘Lookup Table’. As described above, a lookup table canindicate that events associated with the data sources 2604, 2606,include different field identifiers for the same or similar information.The user can specify field identifiers 2608, 2610, associated with eachdata source 2604, 2606, that include values specifying identifyinginformation. That is, to relate events from these data sources 2404,2406, a lookup table translating between values of field identifier 2608and values of field identifier 2610 is to be utilized. The user canspecify a lookup table (e.g., a network address of a lookup table, afile address, and so on) that includes information correlating betweenthe identifying information. The user interface 2600 can then update tospecify values 2612 determined to correspond to a same entity based onthe specified lookup table. In this way, a user of user interface 2600can ensure the proper field identifiers 2608, 2610, were selected.

FIG. 27 is a user interface 2700 illustrating a third example stitchingscheme 2702. To correlate between a first data source 2704 and a seconddata source 2706, a user of user interface 2700 has selected thestitching scheme, ‘Gluing event’ 2702. As described above, a gluingevent can indicate that an event specifies identifying information fromboth the first data source 2704 and the second data source 2706. Forexample, a first computing system may trigger a second computing system,and the second computing system may generate machine data that includesidentifying information received from the first computing system alongwith identifying information utilized by the second computing system. Insome cases, the data intake and query system 108 can execute a queryfrom events associated with the second data source 2706, and thereforeobtain occurrences of the handoff between the first computing system andsecond computing system. In this way, events associated with datasources 2704, 2706, can be related to a same entity. In the illustratedembodiment, a user has identified that field values of the ‘UserID’field of the ‘Self-Service Portal’ data source 2704 correspond to fieldvalues of the ‘PreviousID field of the ‘Procurement System’ data source2706. As such, the system can identify a gluing event from the‘Self-Service Portal’ data source 2704 or the ‘Procurement System’ datasource 2706 that maps a ‘UserID’ from the Self-Service Portal’ datasource 2704 to the ‘PreviousID’ of the ‘Procurement System’ data source2706. The field values for the UserID and PreviousID can then be used toidentify steps of a journey that span the two data sources 2704, 2706.

Utilizing example FIGS. 20-27, a user can create a user journey andspecify how events are to be related (e.g., events associated with asame entity). Upon creation, the data intake and query system canexecute queries based on the steps of the user journey, and relateevents satisfying the queries. In this way, a user's progress throughthe user journey can be monitored, and user interfaces describingresults of the user journey can be presented to a user (e.g., as will bedescribed below, with respect to FIGS. 31-36).

FIG. 28 illustrates a representation of steps 2802-2810 included in auser journey. As described above, steps can be included in a userjourney being created. For example, a step can be selected from apre-existing list of steps, a user can specify unique queriescorresponding to a step, a step can be automatically included based onthe data intake and query system's 108 analysis of steps alreadyselected for inclusion (e.g., the system 108 can utilize machinelearning techniques to recommend additional steps), and so on. Thesesteps can be specific to particular data sources, for example searchqueries corresponding to the steps can be applied to events from theparticular data sources.

Panel 2800 illustrates example steps 2802-2810 that have been includedin an example journey. As described above with respect to FIG. 18, thesteps may have no order associated with them. That is, each step may bedefined, such that events satisfying associated search queries, and thusoccurrences of each step, can be located—however, an order may not bespecified for the steps.

As the data intake and query system 108 relates events (e.g., executessearch queries corresponding to the steps 2802-2810, and relate thereturned events), the system 108 can identify occurrences of the steps2802-2810 that are associated with a same entity (e.g., user). Forexample, the system 108 can identify events that satisfy the queriesassociated with the steps 2802-2810. As described above with respect toat least FIG. 5, each event can include a timestamp. The data intake andquery system 108 can therefore determine an order associated with eachstep, based on a respective timestamp of an event satisfying queriescorresponding to the step.

Optionally, a user may specify a particular order of one or more steps,such as an initial step and a final step. For example, particularentities may traverse through a portion of the user journey, or initiateat a different step than expected. Based on information indicating aninitial step and a final step, the data intake and query system 108 cantherefore identify that these particular entities have not completed theuser journey, or have avoided one or more initial steps.

Panel 2820 illustrates the steps 2802-2810 presented with linksspecifying paths traversed by users. For example, as the data intake andquery system 108 relates events returned as a result of application ofqueries corresponding to the steps, the system 108 can determineconnections between the steps 2802-2810. These connections can thereforeindicate a determined order associated with the steps 2802-2810. Forexample, FIG. 28 illustrates each step along with a directed linkconnecting to another step. In this way, the user journey can representa directed graph, such that differing paths can be traversed from theinitial step 2802 to the final step 2810. To determine the orderassociated with each path, the data intake and query system 108 canstitch together events associated with respective users that satisfysearch queries corresponding to the steps 2802-2810. Based on analyzingtimestamps associated with each user's stitched together events, thedata intake and query system 108 can determine an order of the steps2802-2810 for the user.

As an example of stitching together events, the data intake and querysystem 108 can identify a first event satisfying search queriescorresponding to step B 2804. Based on analysis of the first event, thedata intake and query system 108 can identify an entity (e.g., user)specified in the first event (e.g., a value of a field associated withuser identification can be obtained). Similarly, the data intake andquery system 108 can identify additional events that satisfy searchqueries corresponding to step C 2806. The data intake and query system108 can then stitch the first event together with one of the additionalevents that specifies the same entity, for example based on a stitchingscheme.

In this example, the first event and the additional event may include afield that indicates the same value associated with user identification(e.g., a user name) or session identification (e.g., a process ID).While these fields may optionally have different identifiers (e.g.,field names), as described above with respect to FIG. 25, the dataintake and query system 108 can store information indicating fieldidentifiers that are to be used to stitch the events.

As another example, the first event and the additional event may includerespective fields that indicate values associated with useridentification, but with values that may be different. For example, andas described above with respect to FIG. 26, the data intake and querysystem 108 can utilize information (e.g., a lookup table) to correlatebetween values of the respective fields. As an example, a user's name orother identifier may be included in the first event, while a user'sphone number may be included in the additional event. The data intakeand query system 108 can determine that the first event and additionalevent are associated with a same user based on the utilized information.

As an additional example, the first event and the additional event maybe stitched together via information included in an intermediate event(e.g., a ‘gluing event’, as illustrated in FIG. 27). For example, thefirst event may include information specifying a user's name. Theadditional event may include a different identifier, and no informationcorrelating the two may be obtained a priori (e.g., the system 108 maynot have access to a lookup table as described above). However, anintermediate event may include the user's name along with the differentidentifier. The data intake and query system 108 can therefore determinethat the first event and the additional event can be stitched together,based on the intermediate event.

As a more detailed example of a gluing event, a first event may beidentified as satisfying search queries corresponding to step A 2802.This first event may be associated with a first data source, and thefirst data source may include machine data generated by a firstcomputing system. This first computing system can generate machine datathat references user names. Therefore, events produced by the dataintake and query system 108 from this machine data can include usernames referenced by a field. Similarly, a second event may be identifiedas satisfying search queries corresponding to step B 2804. This secondevent may be associated with a second, different, data source, and thesecond data source may include machine data generated by a secondcomputing system. This second computing system may record interactions(e.g., touchpoints as described above) differently than the firstcomputing system. For example, the second computing system may utilizedifferent information to identify a user.

The first computing system may provide information to the secondcomputing system, for example the first computing system may trigger aparticular action or interaction on the second computing system. Inresponse to the trigger, the second computing system may generatemachine data specifying an identifier provided with, or determined basedon, the trigger (e.g., an identifier of a user utilized by the firstcomputing system). The generated machine data may further specify anidentifier utilized by the second computing system. Therefore, thishandoff between the first computing system and the second computingsystem may specify identifiers of a same entity (e.g., user) as used bythe respective computing systems. The data intake and query system 108can produce an event that includes this generated machine data, with afirst field specifying the identifier utilized by the first computingsystem and a second field specifying the identifier utilized by thesecond computing system. Similarly, instead of user identifiers, agluing event may utilize session or process identifiers. That is, thefirst computing system may include session identifiers in machine data,and the second computing system may record these session identifiersalong with its own session identifiers.

To stitch the first event and the second event together, the data intakeand query system 108 can access information specifying respective fieldidentifiers of the first field and the second field. The data intake andquery system 108 can then analyze intermediate events (e.g., the system108 can execute a query to identify ‘gluing events’ as illustrated inFIG. 27) that include both the first field and the second field. Forexample, the data intake and query system 108 can analyze eventsproduced from machine data generated by the second computing system foroccurrences of the intermediate events. Upon identification of anintermediate event, the data intake and query system 108 can obtainrespective values of the first field and second field. Since thesevalues correspond to a same user, or same session, the data intake andquery system 108 can utilize the obtained values to stitch together thefirst event and second event. In this way, the data intake and querysystem 108 can determine that a same user completed step A 2802 and stepB 2804.

Each of the stitching schemes described above, may be utilized whencorrelating entities across data sources. For example, a first datasource may be correlated with a second data source according to thedirect matching scheme. Similarly, the first data source may becorrelated with a third data source according to the lookup table, orintermediate event (e.g., ‘gluing event’) schemes. For ease andefficiency of use, and as described above, a user creating a userjourney can utilize a user interface to rapidly indicate the appropriatestitching scheme. For example, FIG. 24 illustrates a user interface 2400that enables the rapid indication of stitching schemes across datasources.

Thus, since the data intake and query system 108 can monitor eachentities' (e.g., users) traversal through the user journey, the system108 can determine one or more path's orderings of the steps 2802-2810 asillustrated in panel 2820.

FIG. 29 is a flowchart of an example process 2900 for presenting resultsassociated with a user journey. For convenience, the process 2900 willbe described as being performed by a system of one or more computers(e.g., the data intake and query system 108).

At block 2902, the system obtains information associated with a userjourney. The obtained information can relate to steps of the userjourney, one or more queries performed as part of a step, field valuesto be extracted from events identified by the queries, etc. For example,events can be events as described above with respect to FIG. 5.

As described above, a user journey can include steps that identifyrelevant data from one or more data sources. In some embodiments, thesystem can use the information to define or generate one or more searchqueries to be applied to events. In certain embodiments, the system canuse the information to generate one or more search queries for each stepof the user journey. Accordingly, the obtained information can include adefinition of the steps of the journey, such as steps A-N 2901 asillustrated in FIG. 29.

As described above, a user journey can be utilized to provide arepresentation of specific interactions (e.g., touchpoints) associatedwith entities (e.g., users). Each step may therefore correspond tosearch queries that cause identification of events recording thesespecific interactions. For example, using the information from a step,the system may define a query that causes identification of eventsrecording users adding an item to a cart, or removing an item from acart. This defined query can therefore specify a particular fieldidentifier associated with user actions, along with a specific valueindicating addition, or removal, of an item from a cart. In addition,the example step may further specify one or more data sources associatedwith the events that satisfy the query. As an example, a particular datasource may produce events recording user interactions on a front-end webpage presented on user devices. For example, the events may be producedfrom machine data generated by a server system (e.g., a web applicationon the server system, a front-end module recording user interactionlogs, and so on). The example step may specify that only eventsassociated with this particular data source are to be analyzed.

Additionally, and as described above, the accessed information canindicate stitching schemes to enable correlation across data sources.For example, the user journey may optionally include steps that specifymultiple data sources. To ensure that a same entity (e.g., user) is ableto be monitored in each step, the accessed information can indicateparticular stitching schemes between the data sources. For example, theaccessed information can indicate that events associated with a firstdata source include a field identifier with same values as values of adifferent field identifier included in events associated with a seconddata source. In this way, the system does not require guarantees thatfield identifiers are utilized consistently across data sources.Similarly, utilizing a lookup table and gluing events (e.g., asdescribed above), the system can stitch events together that includeboth differing field identifiers and differing values.

Optionally, in addition to one or more search queries corresponding to astep, the step can further define information included in eventssatisfying the search queries that is to be stored. For example, anexample step may be used to generate a query that causes identificationof events recording users' adding items to their carts. As describedabove, this example step may correspond to a query that specifies aparticular field identifier along with a value of the field identifier(e.g., a value indicating an action to add an item to a cart). Thesystem can identify events that satisfy this query, and as will bedescribed below with respect to block 2904, generate informationindicating, at least, that a user associated with each event completedthe example step. In this way, each users' traversal through the userjourney can be monitored. In addition to this generated information, theexample step can specify that values of one or more additional fieldsare to be stored. For example, the example step can specify that valuesof a field associated with a product being added to a cart are to bestored. (e.g., the field can indicate values specifying a product name,a product identifier, a product SKU, and so on).

At block 2904, the system relates events returned as result of queries.As described above, the system executes the search queries based on thesteps to obtain events satisfying the search queries. For example, andas illustrated in FIG. 29, the system can execute the search queries onevents stored in the data stores 2905. Optionally, these data stores2905 may be field-searchable data stores, and the system can apply alate binding schema to execute a query on the data stores 2905. In somecases, the data stores 2905 can correspond to Oracle databases, MySQLdatabases, and so on. The system can then relate events returned as aresult of these queries, for example to stitch the events as beingassociated with respective entities.

To increase efficiency and speed at which events can be returned, thesystem can optionally execute each step's search queries in parallel.For example, if the events are stored in data stores 2905, the systemcan rapidly analyze the events according to the accessed informationdescribing the user journey. Since each step's search queries may not bedependent on each other, that is there may be no data dependency acrosssteps, the system can rapidly execute the search queries in parallel.For any returned event, the system can generate information specifyingthe satisfied step along with an identifier of an entity associated withthe returned event (e.g., a user). In this way, the user's traversalthrough the steps can be monitored. For example, the system can returnevents indicating that a particular user completed the user journey. Asanother example, the system can return events indicating that adifferent user completed a portion of the steps. The system can updatethis generated information as new events are produced from newlyreceived machine data. Optionally, the generated information can be aninverted index, with the inverted index referencing, for each entity,the returned events.

In certain cases, some returned events may include differing identifyinginformation. That is, a first event returned as a result of execution ofa first step's queries may include a name associated with an entity. Thesystem can therefore generate information specifying that the entitycompleted the first step. Similarly, a second event returned as a resultof execution of a second step's queries may include an addressassociated with an entity instead of the name. The system may thereforegenerate information specifying that an entity associated with theaddress completed the second step. Since the respective queries of thefirst step and the second step may optionally be executed in parallel, asystem may be unable to stich these two events together. However, thesystem can utilize a stitching scheme, for example as described in FIG.19, to determine that the name of the entity, as included in the firstevent, corresponds with the address of the entity as included in thesecond event. For example, a lookup table may be stored in memory, suchthat the system can rapidly determine the correspondence. In this way,the system can stitch the first event and second event together, suchthat the system generates information specifying that the entitycompleted both the first step and the second step.

Optionally, the system may execute each step's search queries on eventsbeing received in substantially real-time. For example, disparatecomputing systems may generate substantially real-time machine datarecording, as an example, interactions with the computing systems. Thesystem can receive this machine data, and as described above, produceevents that incorporate the machine data. As these events are produced,the system can optionally execute each step's search queries todetermine whether the events satisfy any of the steps.

Optionally, as an event being received in substantially real-time isdetermined to satisfy a step's search queries, the event may be modifiedto reflect that satisfaction. For example, metadata describingcompletion of the step may be generated and included in the event. As anexample with respect to a step of adding an item to a cart, the metadatacan indicate that the step associated with an adding an item to a cartwas completed. For ease of reference, an inverted index associated witha user identified in the event can be updated to reference the event. Inthis way, the system can monitor and update the inverted index todetermine the user's status with respect to completion of the userjourney. That is, the events referenced in the inverted index can bemodified to reflect respective steps that were completed. In this way,the system can access the inverted index for a particular user, andbased on the references to events, rapidly identify the steps completedby the particular user.

Furthermore, an inverted index can be utilized to reference all eventsthat indicate some, or all, user interactions (e.g., touchpoints) ofeach user, thereby creating a timeline of touchpoints. For example, theuser interactions may be associated with steps of one or more userjourneys. A user of the system may request, for example via a userinterface as illustrated in FIG. 36 presented on his/her user device,that all touchpoints of a specified user be presented in the userinterface. The system can therefore access the inverted index associatedwith the specified user and present information obtained from thereferenced events. For example, the system can present times at whichthe touchpoints occurred (e.g., based on respective timestamps includedin the events), along with information identifying the touchpoints.Similarly, and as illustrated in FIG. 27, a user of the system mayrequest that specified touchpoints of a specified user be presented.

While relating the returned events, as described above, the system candetermine statistical information associated with the steps. Forexample, based on timestamps included in the events, the system candetermine an average (e.g., measure of central tendency) time that ittakes to transition between the steps. As an example, the system candetermine an average time for a user to add a product to a cart and thencheckout. Alternatively, if the user removed the item from his/her cart,the system can determine an average time that the user has the productin his/her cart prior to removal. Similarly, the system can determine anaverage time that it takes users to complete all steps included in theuser journey.

Optionally, the user journey may include differing versions, and eachversion may be monitored. For example, a designer may modify a web pagethat is presented to a first set of users, while retaining an originaldesign of a web page that is presented to a second set of users. Thedesigner may desire to understand whether the modified web page resultsin a faster average time for users to transition from adding a productto a cart, to checking out. To discriminate between the modified webpage and the original web page, each event associated with the web pagemay be tagged as either the modified web page or the original web page.As an example, a computing system may provide machine data (e.g., logdata specifying whether a user received the modified or original webpage) to the system. The system can produce events from the receivedmachine data, as described above with respect to FIG. 5, and can includea field indicating whether a user received the original or modified webpage. The system can then determine statistical information associatedwith each version of the user journey. In this way, the designer canobtain empirical information related to his/her design choice.

At block 2906, the system causes display of at least a portion of theresults. Example user interfaces describing results of the relating aredescribed below, and illustrated in FIGS. 31-36. As described above,with respect to FIG. 18, these user interfaces can be presented on userdevices of users. For example, the system can respond to requests fromusers of the system, and cause display of easy to understand informationbased on the requests.

FIG. 30 is a flowchart of another example process 3000 for presentingresults associated with a user journey. For convenience, the process3000 will be described as being performed by a system of one or morecomputers (e.g., the data intake and query system 108, a server systemin communication with disparate computing systems that generate machinedata).

At block 3002, the system accesses information associated with a userjourney. As illustrated in FIG. 30, information describing a userjourney 3001 can be accessed. Similar to the description of FIG. 29, theexample user journey 3001 may include multiple steps each correspondingto one or more search queries. As will be described below, these searchqueries may be applied (e.g., executed) to identify events that satisfythe search queries.

The example user journey 3001 further indicates that a particular stepincludes one or more sub-steps. That is, the particular step is a nesteduser journey that defines sub-steps that are completed as part of theparticular step. As illustrated, ‘Step N’ includes Sub-steps A-N, witheach sub-step corresponding to respective search queries. Similar to auser journey, the sub-steps of a nested user journey can specifymultiple data sources. That is, sub-step A may be defined as searchingfor machine data stored in a first data source, while sub-step N may bedefined as searching for machine data stored in a second data source. Inthis way, a user creating a user journey can build off of prior createduser journeys by incorporating them into the user journey as nested userjourneys represented as single steps including sub-steps. A graphicalrepresentation of a user journey that includes a nested user journey isdescribed below, and illustrated in FIG. 34. While a nested user journeyis described with respect machine data in FIG. 30, a nested user journeymay similarly be utilized with events (e.g., events as described abovewith respect to FIG. 29).

At block 3004, the system relates machine data returned as results ofthe queries generated based on the user journey. As similarly describedabove, with respect to FIG. 29, the system can access data stores 3005storing the machine data and relate returned machine data (e.g., relatethe machine data as being associated with respective entities). Forexample, the data stores 3005 can be oracle databases, MySQL databases,field-searchable data stores, and so on. Optionally, the system maygenerate one or more database tables for each entity identified in thereturned machine data. For example, as a particular user is identifiedin returned machine data (e.g., associated with completion of a step),the system can generate a database table that records informationincluded in the machine data. With respect to this example, ifsubsequent machine data identifies the particular user (e.g., associatedwith completion of a different step) is returned, the system can updatethe generated database table to record information included in thesubsequent machine data. In this way, the system can maintain eachentity's status with respect to the user journey. Optionally, the systemcan maintain a database table associated with each step, and can record(e.g., in respective rows) information included in machine data returnedas a result of executing search queries corresponding to the step.

With respect to the nested user journey that includes sub-steps A-N, thesystem can relate machine data returned as a result of executing thesearch queries corresponding to the sub-steps. Optionally, if all of thesub-steps are indicated as being completed for a particular entity, thesystem can store information indicating completion of the nested userjourney. For example, the system can update a database table generatedfor the particular entity to indicate completion of the nested userjourney. Optionally, if sub-step N is determined to be completed for theparticular entity, the system can update the database table to indicatecompletion of the nested user journey. That is, the system mayoptionally assume that completion of the final sub-step indicatescompletion of the nested user journey. As described above, with respectto FIG. 28, steps included in a user journey may be defined withoutrespect to order. As the system relates events or machine data, thesystem can identify a traversal order of the steps that each entitytook. The system may therefore identify that sub-step N corresponds to afinal step based on monitoring historical information associated withthe nested user journey. For example, the system can determine thatsub-step N corresponds to a final step. Additionally, and as describedabove with respect to FIG. 28, a user who creating the nested userjourney may have specified that sub-step N corresponds to a final step.Therefore, the system can identify that machine data returned as aresult of executing search queries corresponding to sub-step N,indicates completion of the nested user journey.

As described above with respect to FIG. 29, machine data associated witha same entity may include different identifying information. Therefore,the system can utilize one or more stitching schemes to stitch thismachine data together. For example, first machine data may be returnedas satisfying one or more search queries corresponding to a first step,and second machine data may be returned as satisfying search queriescorresponding to a second step. As described above the first machinedata and second machine data may include different values for respectivefields associated with identification information. The system canutilize, for example, a database table specifying correlations betweenvalues of these respective fields to identify a particular entity thatis associated with both the first and the second machine data.Optionally, a database table generated for this particular entity may beupdated to include information from the first machine data and thesecond machine data.

At block 3006, the system causes display of at least a portion of theresults. As described above, with respect to FIG. 29, the system candisplay results of the relating performed on the machine data. Forexample, the user interfaces described in FIGS. 31-36 can be examples ofuser interfaces presented in response to the relating.

FIG. 31 illustrates an example user interface 3100 that includes a userjourney 3102 and information indicating clusters associated with theuser journey. As described above, an entity may traverse through stepsincluded in a user journey according to different paths. The system canmonitor these different paths, and determine a frequency with which eachof the paths is followed. Additionally, the system can determine alikelihood associated with an entity (e.g., user) following one of thepaths.

As illustrated in FIG. 31, a user interface 3100 includes a user journey3102 and steps of the user journey. As similarly described above withrespect to FIG. 18, the user journey 3102 further illustrates a quantityof entities transitioning between each of the steps (e.g., asrepresented by visual elements 3106). On the right of the user interface200 includes a clustering 2204 of entities along with a likelihood ofany entity being included in the cluster (e.g., the likelihood canrepresent how common a particular path is). As described above, acluster of entities can represent entities who traversed a same paththrough a user journey. As illustrated, a user of the user interface3100 has selected the first two clusters, and in response the userinterface 3100 can update the user journey 3102 to present informationassociated with entities of the first two clusters. For example, aquantity of the entities traversing the user journey can be presented.Additionally, an average time for transitioning between each step can bepresented, with the average time being determined based on entitiesincluded in the selected clusters 3104.

Optionally, the user journey 3102 presented in user interface 3100 mayinclude only steps that were traversed by entities included in theselected clusters 3104. For example, the presented steps may have beendetermined (e.g., by the data intake and query system 108) to beincluded in paths traversed by the entities included in the selectedclusters 3104. If a user of the user interface 3100 selects one or moreadditional clusters (e.g., cluster 3), the user interface 3100 mayupdate to present one or more additional steps traversed by entities inthe additional clusters.

FIG. 32 illustrates an example user interface 3200 presenting summaryinformation associated with a user journey. Based on executing queriesand relating returned events, for example as described above withrespect to FIG. 29, the data intake and query system 108 can determinesummary information associated with each user journey. As illustrated,the system 108 has determined an average number 3202 of entities (e.g.,users) who are traversing an example user journey per day. The userinterface 3200 also includes statistical information related to the userjourney. For example, the statistical information includes an indicationof an empirically determined initial step 3204 in the user journey.Additionally, the statistical information indicates a percentage 3206 ofentities who completed at least one step of the user journey, but whohave since dropped out from the user journey. Major steps 3208 areillustrated, which as described above with respect to FIG. 18, canrepresent milestones that are to be depicted on a graphicalrepresentation of the user journey or optionally a step that is a nesteduser journey. Additional steps may be included between the major steps3208.

User interface 3200 further includes a number of policy violations 3210(e.g., “18” violations in the example). A user (e.g., a user creatingthe user journey) can specify particular constraints or potentialoccurrences that are to be monitored, and if detected, are to beindicated as a policy violation. For example, a policy violation canrepresent a particular step taking longer than a set amount of time tocomplete, or a transition between two steps (e.g., completion of bothsteps) taking longer than a set amount of time. As another example, apolicy violation can represent a user following a particular path (e.g.,a user completing a first step and then completing a second step, whichthis order being disfavored or other thought to be disallowed).

FIG. 33 illustrates another example user interface 3300 presentingsummary information associated with a user journey. The user interface3300 indicates real-time information associated with the user journey.For example, the user interface 3300 presents a count 3302 associatedwith entities traversing the user journey, along with a count associatedwith entities in each event. For example, to identify a count of usersin a step, the data intake and query system 108 can obtain indication ofa last known step for the users. Additionally, user interface 3300includes average wait times 3304 of the user journey. As an example, await time 3304 can indicate an amount of time subsequent to completionof a step, that completion of a subsequent step is detected.Additionally, the user interface 3300 indicates a throughput 3306associated with each step, with the throughput representing a number ofusers completing the step per unit of time (e.g., hour).

FIG. 34 illustrates an example user interface 3400 presenting a nesteduser journey 3404 included in a user journey 3402. As described above, astep of a user journey can include sub-steps, with the sub-stepsdefining a nested user journey. Nested user journeys can enable therapid creation of user journeys through re-use of previously createduser journeys.

That is, a user of the data intake and query system 108 can utilizepreviously created steps, user journeys, and so on, as building blocksto create a new user journey.

As illustrated in FIG. 34, a user journey 3402 that includes steps ispresented. Each of the steps is presented along a horizontal linerepresenting the user journey 3402. The user interface 3405 can respondto selections of steps, and present detailed information related to thestep. For example, upon selection of step 3406A, the user interface 3400can update to indicate a time at which an entity (e.g., user ‘Tula’)completed the step 3406A. Additionally, the user interface 3400 canpresent an event or other information that was returned as a result ofexecution of one or more search queries corresponding to the step 3406A,or the information from the event that was stored per the user journey.

In the example of FIG. 34, a user of user interface 3400 has selectedstep 3406B. Upon selection, the user interface 3400 has updated toindicate the sub-steps 3408A-C included in the step 3406B. That is, step3406B is illustrated as being a nested user journey 3404. Times at whichthe entity completed the sub-steps of the nested user journey 3404 arespecified in user interface 3400. As described above, each of the stepsshown can correspond to one or more events that were identified as aresult of the system 108 executing a query. Similarly, each of thedisplayed steps of the journey can correspond to one or more events thatwere identified as a result of the system 108 executing a query.

User interface 3400 further indicates an ID 3410, which can represent aunique identifier associated with a user journey. As described above,different versions of a user journey can be created, and results fromeach version can be analyzed. Additionally, each user journey may beassociated with a unique identifier such that it can be monitored by thedata intake and query system 108. An entity 3412 is identified (e.g.,user ‘Tula Otten’), along with a start step 3414 and end step 3416. Thestart step 3414 can represent an initial step satisfied by the entity3412, and the end step 3416 can represent a final step completed by theentity. Additionally, an average time gap 3420 can be determined (e.g.,an average time between completion of the steps), along with a longestgap.

FIG. 35 illustrates an example user interface 3500 indicating a path3504 a particular entity 3502 took through steps included in a userjourney, which may also be referred to herein as a journey instance. Asillustrated, steps of a user journey are presented, along withindications of a time the entity 3502 took to transition between thesteps. The illustrated steps represent the particular steps that theentity 3502 completed. That is, in contrast to FIG. 18 which illustratesall paths traversed by any entity for a user journey, FIG. 35 presentsthe specific path 3504 that entity 3502 traversed through the userjourney. This path 3504 is indicated in user interface 3500, as per thepath frequency 3506 portion, as having been traversed by a particularnumber of all users (e.g., 25% of users). A user of the user interface3500 can search for a particular entity, and the data intake and querysystem 108 can analyze its related event information (e.g., as describedin, at least, FIG. 29) to present a path traversed by the searchedentity.

FIG. 36 illustrates an example user interface 3600 presentingtouchpoints 3602 associated with a particular entity 3604. As describedabove, each step may represent a particular touchpoint of an entity withrespect to disparate computing systems. For example, the touchpoint canrepresent a user interaction being recorded by a computing system. Atimeline of touchpoints can be generated by the data intake and querysystem 108, for example touchpoints across user journeys.

As illustrated, touchpoints 3602 of a particular entity 3604 arepresented. These touchpoints 3602 are based on a total number of userjourneys associated with the particular entity 3602 (e.g., 145 userjourneys). For example, the total number can include user journeysstarted (e.g., the particular entity 3604 satisfied at least one step),or include user journeys completed (e.g., the particular entity 3604completed a final step, for example as described in FIG. 28). Asdescribed above, with respect to FIG. 29, particular touchpoints (e.g.,user interactions) can be specified to be monitored by the data intakeand query system 108. In this way, a timeline of the specifiedtouchpoints can be presented.

In the example of FIG. 36, touchpoints 3602 are specified along withparticular times 3606 at which the touchpoints were recorded. Forexample, user interface 3600 presents a visual element 3608 asrepresenting a recorded touchpoint. A user of user interface 3600 canselect the visual element 3608, and the user interface 3600 can updateto specify detailed information related to this touchpoint. For example,the user interface 3600 can present a time at which the touchpoint wasrecorded (e.g., an event including information related to thistouchpoint can be presented).

Journey Instances and Models

As described herein, a computing system can generate machine data inresponse to touchpoints or interactions that it has with users, othercomputing systems, or other entities. The machine data may includeinformation indicative of a particular user (or system) interacting withthe computing system, along with further information describing theinteraction. Furthermore, the interaction with the computing system cantrigger that computing system to interact with another computing system,which may generate its own set of machine data in response.

The machine data generated by various computing systems can be ingested,for example by the data intake and query system 108, which can produceevents based on the machine data. The events can be utilized to provideinsight into the complex computing system environments. For example, theevents can be accessibly maintained in data stores, and queriesidentifying a set of data and a manner of processing the data can beexecuted. In this way, the machine data can be investigated (e.g.,poked) via differing queries, field definitions updated, and so on, toidentify useful information related to the computing systems and users.

In some cases, multiple interactions with one or more computing systems,and the machine data generated in response thereto, can be related. Forexample, during a single session of a user, multiple events can begenerated that each relate to the user or session. In some cases, theseevents can be generated by one computing system or by multiple similaror heterogeneous computing systems.

A combination of these related interactions and associated machine data(or events) may be referred to herein as a journey instance. Thus, ajourney instance can include one or more events or step instances thatrelate to a particular user, session, entity, or the like. Further, theevents or step instances of the journey instance can be generated by thesame or different data sources or computing systems and have the same orheterogeneous data formats. Therefore, a journey instance can indicateoccurrences of events across one or more disparate data sources or datasystems. This includes occurrences of events across heterogeneous datasources and/or heterogeneous data systems.

A journey instance can provide useful information related to thefunctioning and operation of the one or more computing systems. Forexample, a journey instance can provide useful information regarding howa user, system, or other entity interacts with, e.g., “contacts” or“touches,” a computer system or set of computer systems. In addition, insome cases, a journey instance may help form a picture of a particularuser's utilization of a user account or interaction with variouscomputer systems associated with the user account. Furthermore, multiplejourney instances (e.g., multiple groupings of related events or machinedata), may help form a picture of the system's utilization rate,efficiency, or help identify the cause of an error. In addition,multiple journey instances can form a picture of common interactions(and a sequence of those actions) that a computing system has withusers. For example, multiple journey instances may be used to determinethe most common, relatively, interactions (and a sequence of thoseactions), or to determine interactions that happen infrequently. Invarious implementations, journey instances may include informationregarding time spent interacting with various computer systems.

In some cases, multiple journey instances can be used to generate ajourney model. For example, in some cases, the system 108 can combinemultiple journey instances to generate the journey model. The journeymodel can include steps that correspond to all, or a subset, of the stepinstances (which may be ordered temporally or otherwise) found withinany one of the journey instances and can indicate the various paths thatthe journey instances take through the steps. Thus, while a singlejourney instance can indicate a particular path through a particulargroup of steps (based on the step instances of the journey instance),which may not be all of the steps in a set of data, the journey modelcan, in some embodiments, indicate the various paths taken through anystep found within the set of data. Further, the system 108 can generatemultiple journey models depending on the journey instances beinganalyzed. In some cases, the system 108 can generate a first or primaryjourney model that corresponds to all of the journey instances generatedfrom a set of data. The system 108 can generate additional journeymodels based on a user filtering or identifying a subset of the journeyinstances for review.

Moreover, where a journey instance can include a particular sequence ofstep instances related together based on a pivot ID, user, or entity, ajourney model can include a particular number of steps (ordered orunordered) without relation to a particular pivot ID, user, or entity.In this way, a journey instance can be an instance, representation, orexample of a journey model, and a step instance can be an instance,representation, or example of a step of the journey model.

In certain embodiments, a journey model can be generated by identifyingone or more related steps or events with or without combining journeyinstances. In some cases, a user can identify certain events as stepswithin a journey model and/or identify certain values within events asindications of a step within a journey model. For example, a user canidentify a field associated with events as a step identifier andidentify each unique field value (or a selected subset of the fieldvalues) of the identified field as a step in a journey model. Similarly,if multiple fields are identified as step identifiers (across one ormore data sources), the unique field values across the identified fields(or a selected subset of the field values) can be identified as steps inthe journey model. In addition, in certain cases, a user may specify apreferred or expected order of the steps, which can be used to order thesteps of the journey model. In some cases, one or more journey instancescan be used to determine the order of steps of a journey model.Accordingly, in some embodiments, a journey model can include an orderedor unordered set of steps. Thus, the journey models can be orderedjourney models or unordered journey models. The ordered journey modelscan include a set of steps ordered in a particular way. The unorderedjourney models can include a set of steps, but may not include aparticular order for the steps.

As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art in light of thedescription above, the embodiments disclosed herein substantiallyincrease the ability of computing systems, such as the data intake andquery system, to process related data from one or more disparate datasources or computing systems that generate heterogeneous machine data.Specifically, the embodiments disclosed herein enable the data intakeand query system to parse heterogeneous machine data across disparatecomputing systems to identify and group related events and to generatevisualizations of the related machine data to facilitate understandingof the system topology and the interactions with and between disparatecomputing systems. The aforementioned features enable the system toreduce the computing resources used to correlate heterogeneous dataacross disparate computing systems. Thus, the presently disclosedembodiments represent an improvement in the functioning of such dataintake and query systems. Moreover, the presently disclosed embodimentsaddress technical problems inherent within computing systems;specifically, the limited capacity of computing systems to parse andcorrelate machine data from one or more disparate computing systems, aswell as the limited ability of such systems to generate visualizationsof correlated data in a manner that facilitates the understanding of theunderlying computing topology and interactions between and withdisparate computing systems. These technical problems are addressed bythe various technical solutions described herein, including theutilization of particular data structures and computing resources toidentify related data across one or more disparate computing systems andparticular data structures to indicate the relationship of the data.Thus, the present application represents a substantial improvement onexisting data intake and query systems and computing systems in general.

Non-limiting examples of visualizations of multiple subsets of events,multiple journey instances, clusters of journey instances, or one ormore journey models are shown at least in FIGS. 18, 31, 39A, 39B, 40A,40B, and 41. Further, as a non-limiting example, a visualization ofsubsets of events or a journey instance, such as the visualization of ajourney instance in FIG. 35, can be similar to the visualization of ajourney model, but in some cases, may only show the steps and pathsbetween steps associated with a particular user, entity, session, etc.The ability to analyze and relate individual events to generate journeyinstances or journey models facilitates the understanding of the complexinteractions that take place across one or more computing systems, andallows visualization, analysis, and/or inferences from the journeyinstances and/or the data underlying the journey instances.

While identifying related data can be helpful, it can be difficult to dogiven the large amounts of data ingested by the data intake and querysystem. This can be further complicated when the related data is locatedacross disparate data sources that store heterogeneous data. Thus, aswill be discussed in more detail herein, various embodiments allowidentification of related data, including in systems in which largeamounts of data are ingested and/or when the related data is locatedacross multiple or disparate data sources that may store heterogeneousdata.

4.1 User Interface Overview

FIGS. 37A and 37B illustrate an example user interface for identifyingone or more pivot identifiers and one or more step identifiers that canbe used to identify related data (e.g., events) from a set of data andto form journey instances and/or journey models. The set of data cancorrespond to data identified by selecting one or more data sourcesand/or by executing a query.

In the illustrated embodiment, the user interface 3700 includesinterface control objects 3701A-3701C, a data source section 3702, afield identifier section 3704, and a field value preview section 3706.It will be understood that the interface 3700 can include fewer or moresections, display objects, features, etc.

The interface control objects 3701A-3701C, can be used to select variousportions of the user interface 3704 for display. For example, the searchinterface control object 3701A can be used to select an interface thatincludes a search bar for entering a query. Similarly, thesessionization interface control object 3701C can be used to select aninterface that includes sections to indicate a time period or timeconstraints for the query, or for the events that can satisfy the query,or other constraints or conditions regarding the query. In theillustrated embodiment, the field mapping interface control object 3701Bis selected. Based on the selection of the field mapping interfacecontrol object 3701B, the interface 3700 displays the field identifiersection 3704 and the field value preview section 3706.

The data source section 3702 can be used to select a data source forreview. In some embodiments, the data source section 3702 can identifythe data sources or data streams corresponding to the data thatsatisfies a query. For example, if the query indicates that the set ofdata to be processed corresponds to all data from a particular index,the data source section 3702 can identify each data source correspondingto the events in the particular index. In certain embodiments, the datasource section 3702 can correspond to the data sources managed by theuser or the data sources selected for review as part of generating thejourney instances and/or journey models. In the illustrated, the datasource Buttercup Games is selected. The data source section 3702 mayallow the user to add additional data sources for review, or, in otherimplementations, the data source section 3702 may be populatedautomatically through various pre-determined settings, configurationsand configuration files, etc.

4.1.1 Displaying Field Identifiers

Based on a query and or a selection of a particular data source, thedata intake and query system 108 can identify and display in the fieldidentifier section 3704 the field identifiers of events from theparticular data source or that satisfy the query. In some cases, toidentify the field identifiers to be displayed in the field identifiersection 3704, the data intake and query system 108 can consult one ormore configuration files. As described in greater detail above, the dataintake and query system 108 can include one or more configuration filesfor each data source that provides data to the data intake and querysystem 108. The configuration files can include field identifiers forthe data received by the data intake and query system 108 from the datasource. Furthermore, the configuration files can include one or morefield definitions or regex rules to extract field values correspondingto the field identifiers. For example, the data intake and query system108 can include a configuration file that includes some or all of thefield identifiers for data that the data intake and query system 108 hasreceived from the data source Buttercup Games, as well as fielddefinitions for extracting field values corresponding to the fieldidentifiers found in data received from the data source Buttercup Games.In other implementations, the field identifiers may be obtained usingother techniques, including user input, machine-learning inferencesabout field identifiers, or other field identification techniquesdescribed in this and the incorporated applications.

In the illustrated embodiment, the data intake and query system 108 hasidentified and displays in the field identifier section 3704 a number offield identifiers corresponding to the data source Buttercup Games. Forexample, the data intake and query system 108 has determined that datafrom the data source Buttercup Games includes the fields: “ident,”“items,” “JSESSIONID,” “method,” “msg,” “other,” “product,” “productid,”“q,” etc. As mentioned above, in some embodiments, the data intake andquery system 108 can identify the aforementioned fields by consulting aconfiguration file that corresponds to the data source Buttercup Games.In certain embodiments, the data intake and query system 108 canidentify the aforementioned fields based on user input, machinelearning, extracting the fields from the set of data, using a lookuptable or other system resource that indicates fields for a particularset of data, etc.

In some cases, the field identifiers shown in the field identifiersection 3704 can correspond to field identifiers of the data thatsatisfies a query. As mentioned above, a query can be used to identify aset of data to be processed. In some cases, the identified set of datacan correspond to data from one or more data sources. The data intakeand query system 108 can analyze the set of data (e.g., a group ofevents) that satisfies the query to identify field identifiers todisplay in the field identifier section 3704. In some cases, the dataintake and query system 108 can use one or more configuration files toidentify the field identifiers corresponding to the data that satisfiesthe query. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the fields “ident,”“items,” “JSESSIONID,” “method,” “msg,” “other,” “product,” “productid,”“q,” can correspond to fields associated with data from multiple datasources.

Upon selection of a field identifier, the user interface 3700 candisplay, in the field value preview section 3706, one or more fieldvalues corresponding to the selected field identifier. In certainembodiments, the data intake and query system 108 determines that afield identifier has been selected based on user interaction with thefield identifier, such as, but not limited to, hovering over, pointingto, clicking on, etc.

In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 37A, based on a selection of thefield identifier “JSESSIONID,” the user interface 3700 populates thefield value preview section 3706 with a list of field values for thefield “JSESSIONID.” In addition, the field value preview section 3706includes a count of each displayed field value for the field“JSESSIONID,” identifying the number of unique events that include theparticular field value or the number of instances of the particularfield value across the set of data. Similarly, in the illustratedembodiment of FIG. 37B, based on selection of the field identifier“action,” the user interface 3700 populates the field value previewsection 3706 with a list of field values for the field “action.”

In some embodiments, the system 108 can consult one or more invertedindexes, as described in greater detail above with reference to at leastFIG. 5B, to populate the field value preview section 3706 with fieldvalues and counts. For example, once a field identifier is selected fromthe field identifier section 3704, the system 108 can identify one ormore inverted indexes (e.g., inverted index 507B) that include afield-value pair 513A that includes the selected field identifier as thefield portion of the field-value pair 513A. Once the appropriateinverted index(es) is identified, the system 108 can identify the uniquefield values that correspond to the identified field based on thefield-value pairs 513A. The identified unique field values identifiedfrom the inverted index can be displayed as the field values in thefield value preview section 3706. Further, the system 108 can determinethe count for the field values in the field value preview section 3706using the inverted index(es). For example, as each field-value pairentry 513 identifies events with the field-value pair 513A, the system108 can sum the number of events for each field-value pair entry 513 toidentify the count value for each field value in the field value previewsection 3706. In other implementations, the system 108 can identify thefield values based on an analysis of the events (e.g., extracting fieldvalues from the events) or a subset of the events (e.g., the first 1,000events of a set of data), pre-processing the set of data, etc. In someembodiments, as the system 108 obtains the field values it candynamically update the field value preview section 3706. For example thefield values or counts in the field value preview section 3706 can beupdated as the system 108 parses the events, inverted or keywordindexes, etc..

4.1.2 Selecting Pivot Identifiers and Step Identifiers

In addition to displaying field identifiers in the field identifiersection 3704, the user interface 3700 can enable a user to identify oneor more pivot IDs, one or more step IDs, one or more attributes, etc.This can be done in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to,drop-down menus, text boxes, checks boxes, fields, etc. In theillustrated embodiments of FIGS. 37A and 37B, the user interface 3700includes a drop-down menu 3708 that enables a user to identify aparticular field identifier as an attribute, pivot ID, or a step ID. Inthe illustrated embodiment of FIG. 37A, the user has selected the field“JSESSIONID” and is determining whether to make the field “JSESSIONID”an attribute, pivot ID, or step ID. In the illustrated embodiment ofFIG. 37B, it is shown that the user selected “JSESSIONID” as a pivot IDand is determining whether to identify “action” as an attribute, pivotID, or step ID. With reference to the FIGS. 38-42, it will be under that“action” is selected as a step ID.

The selection status indicators 3710A-3710C, can be used to indicatewhether and how many step IDs, pivot IDs, and attributes have beenselected. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 37A, no step IDs, pivotIDs, or attributes have been selected. However, in the illustratedembodiment of FIG. 37B, one pivot ID has been selected as indicated bythe pivot ID selection status indicator 3710B. Further, as shown in theFIG. 37B, the field “JSESSIONID” has been selected as the pivot ID.

As mentioned above, in some embodiments, the field identifiers displayedin the field identifier section 3704 can correspond to all of the fieldidentifiers associated with the events in the set of data or cancorrespond to the field identifiers associated with the events from aone or more data sources associated with the set of data, such as thedata source “Buttercup Games” as illustrated in FIGS. 37A and 37B. Inembodiments where the field identifier section 3704 includes fieldidentifiers associated with a single data source, the user interface3700 can enable a user to select other data sources so that one or morestep identifiers, pivot identifiers, and attributes, can be selected forthe other data sources. For example, with reference to the illustratedembodiment of FIG. 37A, a user can select the data source “Sales Email.”In response, the field identifier section 3704 can be updated to showfield identifiers corresponding to data from the data source “SalesEmail.” As such, a user can use the updated field identifier section3704 to identify one or more fields for events from the data source“Sales Email” as a pivot ID, step ID, or attribute. This process can berepeated for as many data sources that correspond to data that satisfiesthe query or that is part of the set of data to be used to generate thejourney instances or journey models.

In embodiments, where field identifiers displayed in the fieldidentifier section 3704 correspond to all of the field identifiersassociated with the events in the set of data, the user interface 3700can enable a user to identify one or more fields as one or more stepidentifiers, one or more pivot identifiers, or one or more attributes.In certain embodiments, a single step ID can be selected for all datasources associated with events that satisfy the query. For example,certain fields within each data source can be associated with auniversal field, and that field can be identified as the step ID.

Using one or more pivot IDs and one or more step IDs, the data intakeand query system 108 can parse the set of data, or events, to identifyone or more journey instances and journey models, as well as identifyparticular steps within the journey instances and journey models.Further, the data intake and query system 108 can display visualizationscorresponding to the journey instances and journey models.

4.2 Pivot Identifiers

In some embodiments, the data intake and query system uses one or morepivot IDs to identify related events from the set of data and/or tocreate journey instances. In some embodiments, the data intake and querysystem 108 can identify related events and/or generate journey instancesbased on field values associated with the pivot identifier. For example,the data intake and query system 108 can identify the events from a datasource that include the same field value for the field associated withthe pivot ID (also referred to as the pivot ID field). The system 108can then associate the identified events as part of a journey instance.For example, with reference to FIG. 37A, the events from the data sourceButtercup Games with a field value of “SD5SLFF8ADFF4961” for the“JSESSIONID” field can be grouped as a set of events associated togetheras part of a journey instance. Further, the data intake and query systemcan generate a journey instance for each of the unique field valuesidentified in the field value preview section 3706, which would resultin at least 13 distinct journey instances.

In some embodiments, the user interface 3700 can enable anidentification of a subset of the field values in the field valuepreview section 3706 as field values for the pivot ID. In some cases,the system can ignore deselected field values and not use them to relateevents, build sets of events, or generate journey instances or journeymodels. For example, the user interface 3700 can include checkboxes orsome other indicator to enable a user to deselect “SD5SLFF8ADFF4961” (orany other field value). Based on the deselection, the system 108 canignore, discard, or not use events with the field value“SD5SLFF8ADFF4961” to build sets of events, journey instances, journeymodels, etc.

In embodiments where events from multiple data sources are to beassociated together as part of a single journey instance, the dataintake and query system 108 can identify a relationship between a uniquefield value of a field in a first data source with a unique field valueof a field in a second data source. Once the relationship between thetwo unique field values from different data sources is identified, thedata intake and query system 108 can associate the events from the firstdata source that have the first unique field value with the events fromthe second data source with the second unique field value.

Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the data intake and query system108 can identify a journey instance for unique combinations of relatedfield values across different data sources. As a non-limiting example,suppose events with the information identified in Table 1 are related.

TABLE 1 Field Value Pivot ID Field Data Source SD5SL5FF8ADFF4961JSESSIONID Buttercup Games X12245YZ sess_ID Sales Email 6812-TUXKE1user_ID Order Process Flow

Based on an identified relationship between the field values identifiedin Table 1, the data intake and query system 108 can generate a journeyinstance that includes all events from Buttercup Games that include thefield value “SD5SL5FF8ADFF4961” for the field “JSESSIONID,” all eventsfrom Sales Email that include the field value “X12245YZ” for the fieldsess_ID, and all events from Order Process Flow that include the fieldvalue “6812-TUXKE1” for the field user_ID. In an implementation, theidentified pivot ID or pivot IDs will be used to facilitatedetermination of relationships between field values. Specifically, in animplementation, identified pivot ID fields will be examined for fieldvalues that can be used to cross-correlate events across disparate datasets. It will be understood that the data intake and query system 108can use a variety of techniques to generate journey instances. Forexample, in some embodiments, based on the Table 1 above, the dataintake and query system can generate a journey instance that includesall events from any one of the data sources that includes any one of theidentified field values.

By identifying intra-data source related events and inter-data sourcerelated events, the data intake and query system 108 can generate ajourney instance that includes related events across one or more datasources. In some embodiments, the data intake and query system 108identifies intra-data source related events and inter-data sourcerelated events concurrently. In certain embodiments, the data intake andquery system identifies intra-data source related events before or afterinter-data source related events.

As a non-limiting example and with reference to table above, the dataintake and query system 108 can first separately identify the eventsfrom the data source Buttercup Games with the field value“SD5SL5FF8ADFF4961” and the events from the data source Sales Email thatinclude the field value “X12245YZ” before interrelating the events fromthe data source Buttercup Games and the data source Sales Email.Alternatively, the data intake and query system 108 can concurrentlyidentify and relate events from the same data source and from multipledata sources.

4.2.1 Gluing Events

In some embodiments, the data intake and query system 108 can identify arelationship between two unique field values of events from differentdata sources based on a gluing event that includes both field valueswithin the event. In some cases, when one computing system interactswith another computing system, one or both computing systems generate anevent that includes an identifier from both computing systems. Forexample, if a first data source that includes a value of “1234” for afield “cust_ID” interacts with a second data source, the second datasource may include an event with the value “1234,” as well as the value“ABC” for a “trackID” field. Further, the value “ABC” for the “trackID”field may be found in each event of the second data source that relateto the same user or session, and the value“1234” for the “cust_ID” fieldmay be found in each events of the first data source that relate to thesame user or session.

Accordingly, the system 108 can identify the event in the second datasource that includes the value “ABC” for the “trackID” field, as well asthe value “1234.” Based on the identification of this “gluing event,”the system 108 can determine that events with the value “1234” for thefield “cust_ID” from the first data source are related to events withthe value “ABC” for the field “trackID” from the second data source.Based on this relationship, the system 108 can generate a journeyinstance that includes events or steps across data sources, e.g.,multiple or disparate data sources. Moreover, there may be multiplegluing events within a particular data source, which would allow datasources having no fields in common to be connected, provided that anintermediate data source (or intermediate data sources) including gluingevents that linked to each of the data sources to be logically connectedand searched. Further, the system 108 can use gluing events within aparticular data source to identify primary and nested journey instances.For example, events in a primary journey instance can be associatedbased on a first pivot ID and events in a related nested journeyinstance can be identified based on a second pivot ID. Specifically, afirst data source could share a gluing event with a second data source,and the second data source could share a gluing event with a third datasource. The first data source and the third data source could then belinked and searched together, despite having no fields in common (or nofields in common capable of linking the two data sources).

In certain cases, to identify the gluing event, the system 108 canidentify the field value for a pivot ID field in a first data source andthen perform a search for that field value among the events from thesecond data source. In some embodiments, the search can be performed byanalyzing the machine data of each event and/or by analyzing an invertedindex or keyword index, as described herein. In embodiments where aninverted or keyword index is searched, in some cases, the system 108 canidentify a field-value pair entry that includes the searched for valueas the field value portion of the field-value pair or identify a tokenentry that includes the searched for value as a token or keyword. Itwill be understood that the system 108 can identify and/or search theinverted or keyword index in a variety of ways. For example, the system108 can search for the searched for value in any location of an invertedor keyword index.

With reference to the example above, if the “cust_ID” field isidentified as the pivot ID field for the first data source with a fieldvalue of “1234,” the system 108 can perform a search on the events fromthe second data source to identify any events with the value “1234”located within the data of the event. As mentioned, the search caninclude a review of the data (e.g., machine data) of each event from thesecond data source and/or a review of an inverted or keyword index thatcorresponds to the events from the second data source. With reference tosearching an inverted or keyword index, the system 108 can identify aninverted or keyword index that includes information about the eventsfrom the second data source, and then identify a field-value pair entryor token entry in the inverted/keyword index that includes the value“1234.” For the field-value pair entry, the system 108 can review thevalue portion of a field-value pair for the value “1234.” For thekeyword entry, the system 108 can review the keyword portion of thekeyword entry for the value “1234.”

The identified event(s) can be used to link the value “1234” to thefield value of the pivot ID field for the second data source. Once thetwo field values are linked, the system 108 can relate events witheither field value as part of the same journey instance.

In some embodiments, when searching for a gluing event, the system 108can limit the search to events from the second data source that includethe pivot ID field for the second data source. In this way, the system108 can exclude events from the second data source that will not have afield value that can be linked with the field value from the first datasource. With reference to the example above, the system 108 can excludefrom the search events from the second data source that will not have afield value that can be linked with the field value “1234” from thefirst data source.

In some cases, the system 108 can identify a field in one or more eventsfrom the second data source that includes the field value from the firstdata source. Such a field may be referred to as a linking field. Forexample, one or more events in the second data source may have the fieldvalue from a different computing system identified in a field“previousID.” Based on an identification of the linking field in theevents from the second data source, the system 108 can tune its searchfor events in the second data source with a field value that matches thefield value from the first data source to events from the second datasource that include the identified linking field.

With continued reference to the above example, once the system 108identifies the previousID field, it can narrow its search to thoseevents that include a field “previousID.”. In this way, rather thansearching across all events from the second data source for the fieldvalue “1234,” the system 108 can limit its search to a subset of theevents from the second data source (e.g., those events in the seconddata source that include a field “previousID”). By targeting the searchin this way, the system 108 can reduce the processing overhead used toidentify a gluing event.

Further, if using an inverted or keyword index to identify gluingevents, the system 108 can focus or narrow its search to field-valuepair entries that include the identified linking field as the fieldportion of a field-value pair. With reference to the example, the system108 can tailor its search in the inverted or keyword index tofield-value pair entries that include previousID as the field portion ofthe field-value pair.

In some cases, the system 108 can suggest certain fields as potentiallinking fields to the user. For example, the system can suggest to auser that fields with certain names or frequency may be useful aslinking fields. For example, fields like “previousID,” “prevID,”“oldSession,” etc. may be suggested as they may be linking fields. Thesystem 108 can obtain the list of fields using a configuration file orinverted or keyword index, as described herein. Similarly, the system108 can identify a particular event, such as an earliest-in-time eventfor a journey instance, or set of related events potential gluingevent(s). The fields from the potential gluing events can be suggestedto a user as potential linking fields. In other implementations, machinelearning techniques, e.g., training on known data sources withsimilarities to the data sources that are the subject of the instantsearch, may be used to suggest potential gluing events.

4.3 Step Identifiers

In certain embodiments, the data intake and query system 108 uses theone or more step IDs to identify events that correspond to steps, orderindividual journey instances, and/or generate journey models. In someembodiments, each unique field value, or a subset thereof, for a fieldidentified as the step ID (also referred to as a step ID field)corresponds to a step in a journey instance or journey model.Accordingly, based on the field value for the step ID field, the system108 can determine the step to which a particular event belongs. Forexample, if the event includes the field value “purchase” for the stepID field “action,” the system 108 can determine that the event is a“purchase” step.

In some cases, the data intake and query system 108 can parse journeyinstances using the step ID to identify the individual steps within thejourney instance. For example, with reference to FIG. 37B, once aparticular journey instance is identified, the data intake and querysystem can use the field values “purchase,” “addtocart,” “view,”“changequantity,” and “remove,” (field values of the step ID field“action”) to identify individual steps within the journey instance. Insome cases, the journey instance may include each of the unique fieldvalues of the step ID field, multiple instances of one or more of thefield values of the step ID field, or a subset of the field values ofthe step ID field. For example, with continued reference to FIG. 37B, ajourney instance can include zero, one, or more “purchase,” “addtocart,”“view,” “changequantity,” or “remove,” steps.

In some embodiments, the user interface 3700 can enable anidentification of a subset of the field values in the field valuepreview section 3706 as field values for the step ID. In some cases, thesystem can ignore deselected field values and not use them to identifysteps, categorize events, build subsets of events, or generate journeyinstances or journey models. For example, the user interface 3700 caninclude checkboxes or some other indicator to enable a user to deselect“addtocart” (or any other field value) Based on the deselection, thesystem 108 can ignore, discard, or not use events with the field value“addtocart” to build subsets of events journey instances, journeymodels, etc.

In some embodiments, multiple step IDs can be used to categorize eventsor build subsets of events. For example, as described herein, one stepID can be selected for one data source and a second step ID can beselected for another data source. Each step ID can identify a particularfield in the data source as the step ID field.

Further, in some embodiments, the system can use a second step ID tocategorize events in nested journey instances, which can be located inthe same or a different data source as each other or as the events inthe primary journey instance. In some cases, the nested journeyinstances can have a field value for a step ID field for a primaryjourney instance and a field value for a step ID field for the nestedjourney instance. In cases, where the events in the journey instancehave a field value for the parent primary journey instance, the fieldvalues may be the same (indicating they are all part of the same step)or different.

Moreover, in certain embodiments, multiple events (or a subset ofevents) can correspond to a single step instance. For example, thesystem 108 can determine that to satisfy the “addtocart” step or stepinstance, three events need to occur. As such, the system 108 canidentify the three events that make up the “addtocart” step. Based on anoccurrence of the three events (ordered or unordered), the system 108can determine that the “addtocart” step has occurred. In suchembodiments, events that make up a step instance or subset of events canbe categorized by one or more step IDs (e.g., can be categorized as partof the journey instance using one step ID and categorized between eachother using a second step ID) and may or may not form part of a nestedjourney instance.

In some cases, the system 108 can exclude one or more events using thestep ID. In some cases, if a particular event does not include a step ID(e.g., does not include the field identified by the step ID, does notinclude a field value corresponding to the field identified by the stepID, or includes an excluded field value for the step ID), the dataintake and query system 108 can discard the particular event as not partof a journey instance. For example, a gluing event may include a fieldvalue for a pivot ID field, but may not include a field value for a stepID field. As such, it may be discarded from a journey instance (butstill used by the system 108 to identify related events across differentsystems or related events from nested journey instances).

Furthermore, the step ID can be used to generate the journey model. Forexample, the field values (or a subset thereof) of the step ID field canbe identified as steps within a journey model. In certain cases, some orall of the journey instances identified from the set of data can be usedto form a journey model (e.g., by combining the journey instances oridentifying journey model's step order from the journey instances).Thus, where a single journey instance may include a subset of the fieldvalues of the step ID field, a journey model can include all of thefield values for the step ID field or all of the field values for thestep ID field found within any single journey instance. Furthermore, thejourney model can identify the different paths between its steps or thesteps of the different journey instances.

In some embodiments, the data intake and query system can use atimestamp associated with each event or step to identify and order thesteps of a journey instance. For example, based on a timestamp for a“view” step that is earlier in time than the timestamp for a “purchase”step, the system 108 can determine that the “view” step precedes the“purchase” step for the journey instance. If there are not interveningtimestamps from related steps, the system 108 can determine that the“view” step immediately precedes the “purchase” step. In certainembodiments, such as when steps are taken in a particular order, thestep ID can be used to identify the order. For example, if a “login”step is required before a “view” step, then the system 108 can determinethe order of the steps based on their identification. In otherimplementations, the journey instance may be ordered using othertechniques, such as analyzing the underlying data or metadata that makesup the steps of the journey instance.

In certain embodiments, the data intake and query system 108 canidentify and order a journey instance without the use of a step ID. Forexample, the data intake and query system 108 can identify relatedevents using one or more pivot IDs, and can order the related events asjourney instances based on timestamps associated with the identifiedrelated events.

Although reference in the above examples is made to parsing journeyinstances/models to identify steps within them, it will be understoodthat the data intake and query system 108 can parse events to identifysteps using one or more step IDs and then interrelate the steps intojourney instances using one or more pivot IDs, or concurrently identifyjourney instances and steps. For example, it will be understood that theone or more pivot IDs can be selected before, after, or concurrentlywith the one or more step IDs. In some embodiments, based on a selectionof the one or more pivot IDs prior to one or more step IDs, the dataintake and query system can identify journey instances from the events.Upon selection of one or more step of IDs, the data intake and querysystem 108 can then parse the journey instances to identify one or moresteps within them. In certain embodiments, based on a selection of oneor more step IDs prior to one or more pivot IDs, the data intake andquery system 108 can identify events that correspond to steps. Uponselection of one or more pivot IDs, the data intake and query system canparse the events identified as steps to identify journey instances.

4.4 Attributes

The attributes can be used to track, categorize, or group events,subsets of events, journey instances, or journey models. In some cases,when the user selects a field as an attribute, the system 108 can trackthe field values for the selected field as the system generate thejourney instances or models. For example, with reference to FIG. 37A, ifthe field “method” is selected as an attribute and includes field valuesof “email,” “phone,” “SMS,” “FTP,” and “instant message,” the system 108can track which step instances or events in the journey instancesinclude the different field values.

Using the field values of the attribute field, the system 108 canfilter, group, sort, visualize, or otherwise manipulate the journeyinstances or models. For example, the system 108 can build one or morejourney instances or journey models using only events that include thefield value “SMS,” or some other subset of field values, for theattribute field. Similarly, the system can build a journey model withjourney instances that only include events with the field value “phone”for the attribute field or generate visualizations of journey instancesthat include an event with the field value “email” for the “method”field. As yet another example, the system can group or sort journeyinstances or journey models based on the field value for the attributefield. Thus, one or more fields identified as one or more attributes canenable the system to manipulate subsets of events, journey instances, orjourney models in a variety of ways. In this way, the system 108 canfacilitate the understanding of the machine data and the interactionswithin the computing system.

4.5 Journey Summarization Overview

Based on the selection of one or more pivot IDs and one or more step IDsand the processing of the events of the set of data, the data intake andquery system 108 can identify and organize journey instances. Asdiscussed herein, in some embodiments, the data intake and query system108 can identify a path through a journey instance based on timestampsassociated with the events of the journey instance. For example, thedata intake and query system 108 can order the step instances of thejourney instance in chronological order and show paths between the stepinstances. As mentioned, in some cases, a journey instance may includemultiple step instances of the same step (e.g., system recording that auser is interacting with a computer system in the same way multipletimes, or is iteratively going through a set or subset of interactionswith a computer system) or pass through each step instance of thejourney instance once.

In some embodiments, the journey instances can be used to form a journeymodel. For example, a group of journey instances can be combined to formthe journey model. In some cases, some or all of the identified journeyinstances for a set of data can be combined to form the journey model.For example, the journey model may be based on only those journeyinstances that include a certain number of step instances or aparticular order of step instances. In addition, the journey model canindicate the various pathways between its different steps as taken bythe individual journey instances. Furthermore, the data intake and querysystem 108 can determine various analytics associated with the journeymodel, such as, but not limited to, common paths through the steps ofthe journey model, average time between each step, average length oftime of a journey instance, most common steps in a journey, etc. Thesystem 108 can display visualizations of the journey instances, journeymodels, and/or associated analytics to facilitate the understanding ofrelationships between events, data sources, and computing systems.

Using the pivot ID and step ID, the system 108 can more efficiently(e.g., using less computing resources) identify related events and anordering of those events to generate or build journey instances orjourney models. Using the journey instances and the journey model, thedata intake and query system 108 can more efficiently identifyrelationships between events across one more heterogeneous data systemsand facilitate the understanding of the complex interactions with thevarious data sources. Furthermore, based on the identification of theone or more pivot IDs in one or more step IDs, the data intake and querysystem can more efficiently process the events to identify relatedevents and typical journeys through the related events.

FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example user interface 3800displaying an embodiment of a journey summarization. In the illustratedembodiment, the user interface 3800 includes a data source section 3702and a journey overview section 3802. The journey overview section 3802can include analytics of the events, steps, one or more journeyinstances, or one or more journey models. For example, in theillustrated embodiment, the journey overview section 3802 includes atotal journey instances section 3804, total events section 3806, timingparameters 3808A, 3808B, journey instance distributions graphic 3810,and a step analytics section 3812. It will be understood that thejourney overview section 3802 can include fewer or more analytics andinformation associated with the events, journey instances, or journeymodel(s), as desired. For example, the user interface 3800 can includeportions of events of one or more journey instances, identify commonpathways through one or more journey models, etc.

The total journey instances section 3804 can indicate the total numberof journey instances identified from the analyzed events or set of data.As discussed above, in some cases, the total number of journey instancescan correspond to a total number of unique field values for a pivot IDfield, or a total number of unique combinations of related field valuesfor multiple pivot ID fields across one or more data sources.

The total events section 3806 can indicate the total number of eventsanalyzed in order to form the journey instances. In some cases, all ofthe events can be included in a journey instance. However in certaincases some of the events may be excluded from a journey instance. Forexample, an event from a data source may not include a field identifierthat corresponds to the selected pivot ID field(s) or step ID field(s),or may include a field value that was excluded from a pivot ID field orstep ID field. Such an event may not be included in a journey instance.

The timing parameters sections 3808A, 3808B, can indicate certainparameters used to identify journey instances. For example, withreference to FIG. 37A, a user can select the sessionization interfacecontrol object 3701C to identify time limits to identify journeyinstances or to identify one or more additional command or constraintsfor the set of data. Based on the indicated time limits, the data intakeand query system 108 can determine when a journey instance is supposedto end. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 38, a maxtime limit of one hour has been set. Accordingly, in some cases, thedata intake and query system 108 can determine that if two eventsinclude the same field value for the pivot ID field but are separated bymore than one hour, then they correspond to different journey instances.In some cases, the data intake and query system 108 can use the timingparameters to determine when the journey instance has terminated. Forexample, if no event with a matching field value for a pivot ID fieldhas a timestamp within one hour of the latest-in-time event of a journeyinstance (e.g., based on a timestamp associated with the events of thejourney instance), then the data intake and query system 108 candetermine that the identified latest-in-time event is the last event forthe journey instance.

The journey instance length distribution graphic 3810 can be used tographically illustrate the quantity of journey instances of a particularlength or having a particular number of step instances. In some cases,the journey instance length distribution graphic 3810 can group journeyinstances with the same number of step instances together and displaythe number of journey instances with that particular number of stepinstances. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, the largest shareof journey instances have one step instance and there are progressivelyfewer journey instances for each additional step instance (e.g., thereare approximately 1,000 journey instances with two or three journeyinstances, approximately 550 journey instances with six step instances,etc.). It will be understood that additional graphics can be used toillustrate information about the journey instances, journey models, orevents, as desired.

The step analytics section 3812 can identify the steps of one or morejourney model or step instances of one or more journey instances as wellas various analytics associated with each. In the illustratedembodiment, the step analytics section 3812 identifies a count, startpercentage, and end percentage for each step. The count can correspondto the number of journey instances that include that a step instancethat corresponds to the particular step and/or the number of instancesof that step found within the events (e.g., one step may occur multipletimes within a single journey instance). The start percentage and endpercentage can indicate the percentage of journey instances that includea step instance that corresponds to that particular step as the first orlast step (e.g., number of journey instances that include a stepinstance that corresponds to the step as the first or last stepinstance/the total number of journey instances), respectively, or thepercentage of times that the particular step is the first or last stepinstance in a journey instance (e.g., the number of time that the stepis found as the first or last step instance of a journey instance/thetotal number of instances of that step), respectively. It will beunderstood that fewer or more analytics can be displayed as part of thestep analytics section 3812. For example, the steps analytics section3812 can include information about common orders or relationshipsbetween steps, the number of instances of a particular order of steps,average time between steps, average time on a particular step, number ofjourney instances that started with a step instance that corresponds tothat step, number of journey instances that ended with a step instancethat corresponds to that step, number (and identification) of steps thatoccurred before or after that step for one or more journey instances,most/least common steps (and identification) that occurred before/afterthat step, number of journey instances that include a step instance thatcorresponds to that step more than once, number of journey instancesthat include a threshold number of step instances that correspond tothat (or visited that step more or less than a particular number oftimes), number of journey instances that visited that include a stepinstance that corresponds to the step but does not include a stepinstance that corresponds to a particular different step, number ofjourney instances that include a step instance that corresponds to stepdirectly before or after a particular step, any of the foregoing metricsapplied to a number of journey instances or users that meet a particularattribute, etc.

4.5 Journey Visualizations

FIGS. 39A, 39B, 40A, 40B, 41, and 42 are diagrams illustrating anexample user interface 3900 displaying embodiments of journeysummarizations, which can include, but are not limited to visualizationsof events, subsets of events, journey instances, journey models, or alisting of related events, journey instances, or journey models. In theillustrated embodiments of FIGS. 39A, 39B, 40A, 40B, and 41 the journeysummarization corresponds to a visualization of one or more journeyinstances, clusters of journey instances, or one or more journey models3908, 3910, 4002, 4006, and 4102, respectively. For simplicity,reference will be made to journey visualizations 3908, 3910, 4002, 4006,and 4102. In the illustrated embodiments of FIG. 42, the journeysummarization corresponds to a listing of journey instances.

In the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 39A, 39B, 40A, 40B, 41, and 42,the user interface 3900 includes a display area 3902, summarizationselection objects 3904A, 3904B, 3904C, and control selection objects3906A, 3906B, 3906C, 3906C, 3906D. In certain embodiments, the user cannavigate to the user interface 3900 by selecting the Explore displayobject 3814, illustrated in FIG. 38. However, it will be understood thata user can navigate to the user interface 3900 using a variety ofmethods.

The summarization selection objects 3904A, 3904B, 3904C can be used toselect a visualization for the summarization. Although only threesummarization selection objects are shown, it will be understood thatfewer or more summarization selection objects can be used to providedifferent visualizations for the summarization.

In certain embodiments, selection of the list summarization selectionobject 3904A can result in the display of one or more lists of events,journey instances, or journey models. In some embodiments, selection ofthe flow chart summarization selection object 3904B, can result in thedisplay of one or more flow charts corresponding to one or more relatedevents, journey instances, or journey models. Furthermore, in somecases, selection of the metrics summarization selection object 3904C canresult in the display of a summarization that includes one or moremetrics associated with the journey instances, events, or journey modelsgenerated by the data intake and query system 108, such as but notlimited to a completion rate (number of percentage of journey instancesor models that started with a particular step instance or step and endedwith a particular step instance or step), time to completion (averagetime of the journey instances that were completed, average time for alljourney instance, or a subset, etc.), or other analytics describedherein. Accordingly, the summarization selection objects 3904A-3904C canbe used to select various summarizations to aid a user in visualizingthe journey instances or journey models generated from the eventsanalyzed by the data intake and query system 108.

With reference to the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 39A, 39B, 40A,40B, and 41, the flowchart summarization selection object 3904B isselected, which results in the display of the journey visualizations3908, 3910, 4002, 4006, 4102, respectively, in the display area 3902. Inthe illustrated embodiment of FIG. 42, the list summarization selectionobject 3904A is selected, which results in the display of a listing ofthe journey instances in the display area 3902.

4.6.1 Control Selection

The control selection objects 3906A-3906D can be used to selectdifferent controls for display in the summarization control area 3912.The displayed controls can be used to modify the summarization displayedin the display area 3902. Although only four control selection objectsare shown, it will be understood that fewer or more control selectionobjects can be used to provide additional controls or to further modifythe visualizations for the summarization.

In some embodiments, selection of the list steps control object 3906Acan result in the summarization control area 3912 displaying the stepsidentified in one or more journey instances or one or more journeymodels. In certain embodiments, selection of the filter control object3906B can result in the summarization control area 3912 displaying oneor more controls that enable a user to set certain filters on thejourney instances used to generate one or more journey models. In somecases, selection of the clustering control object 3906C can result inthe summarization control area 3912 displaying one or more controls thatenable a user to view journey models formed from similar journeyinstances, such as journey instances that include the same steps and/orthe same order of steps, etc., or to view clusters of journey instances.In certain cases, selection of the settings control object 3906D canresult in the summarization control area 3912 displaying one or morecontrols that enable a user to modify one or more settings of thejourney instances, journey models, or data sources, whose events areused to generate the journey instances and models.

Using the controls displayed in the summarization control area 3912, auser can manipulate the view of the various journey instances generatedby the data intake and query system 108. Further, based on theparticular settings or controls selected from the summarization controlarea 3912, the data intake and query system 108 can generate and displayone or more journey visualizations based on the journey instances thatsatisfy the conditions selected by the controls in the summarizationcontrol area 3912.

4.6.2 Journey Model Visualization

In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 39A and 39B, a list steps controlobject 3906A is selected, which results in the summarization controlarea 3912 displaying steps identified in the journey instances thatcorrespond to the journey visualizations 3908, 3910 displayed in thedisplay area 3902. In addition, the summarization control area 3912enables the user to select or deselect certain steps. Based on theselected steps, the data intake and query system can generate a journeyvisualization 3908 that corresponds to journey instances or one or morejourney models that include the selected steps. In some cases, the dataintake and query system 108 can exclude any journey instances thatinclude a deselected step from being used to generate the journeyvisualization.

In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 39A, all displayed steps (e.g.,addtocart, changequantity, purchase, remove, view) are selected. As aresult, the journey visualization 3908 corresponds to the journeyinstances or journey model(s) that include any one of the displayedsteps. However, it will be understood that that the system 108 cangenerate the journey visualization 3908 in a variety of ways. Forexample, in some embodiments, the system 108 can generate the journeyvisualization 3908 using only the journey instances or journey model(s)that include each and every step identified in the summarization controlarea 3912, etc.

In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 39B, some of the displayed steps(addtocart, purchase, remove) are deselected. As a result, the journeyvisualization 3910 corresponds to journey instances or journey model(s)that include any one of the selected steps. As mentioned, in someembodiments, the system 108 excludes any journey instances or model(s)that include a deselected step from being used to generate the journeyvisualization 3910, even if the journey instance or model includes oneor more of the selected steps. However, it will be understood that thatthe system 108 can generate the journey visualization 3908 in a varietyof ways. For example, in some embodiments, the system 108 can generatethe journey visualization 3908 using the journey instances or model(s)that include any one of the steps selected from the summarizationcontrol area 3912, etc.

In addition to the steps of the journey instances, the journeyvisualizations 3908, 3910 can include start/end nodes. The start/endnodes may or may not correspond to one or more step instances of ajourney instance or steps of a journey model. In certain embodiments,the system 108 can use the start/end nodes to indicate which steps orstep instances are first or last in a journey model or journey instance,respectively. For example, arrows from the start node can indicate whichstep or step instances is the first step or step instance of a journeymodel or journey instances, respectively (e.g., node corresponding to astep or step instance pointed to from the start node). Similarly, arrowsto the end node can indicate which step or step instance is the laststep or step instance of a journey model or journey instances,respectively (e.g., nodes corresponding to a step or step instance fromwhich an arrow that points to the end node originate).

In the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 39A and 39B, the journeyvisualizations 3908, 3910 are shown as a semi-circle or ring with thestep nodes of the journey visualization being spaced along the arc ofthe semi-circle. In this way, the system 108 can make it easier toobserve the various paths between the step nodes. In some cases, thesystem 108 can generate the visualization such that the step nodes areequally spaced along the arc of the semi-circle. In such embodiments, ifadditional step nodes are to be displayed, the system 108 canautomatically arrange the step nodes along the arc. In some embodiments,the step node closest to the start node corresponds to the step that ismost frequently identified as the first step or step instance of ajourney model or journey instance, respectively. In certain embodiments,the step node closest to the start node corresponds to the step that isidentified for being displayed in that location. Although, illustratedas a semi-circle or ring, it will be understood that the journeyvisualizations 3908, 3910 can be displayed in a variety of formats, suchas a full circle, line, triangle, square, rectangle, or other shape,etc. In various implementations, the journey instances or model(s) mayhave their steps (or step instances) ordered by time, as previouslydiscussed. In such implementations, the journey visualizations 3908,3910, may roughly flow from an origin point to an ending point (e.g.,top-to-bottom or bottom-to-top with top/bottom being earliest in timeand bottom/top being latest in time, left-to-right or right-to-left withleft/right being earliest in time and right/left being latest in time),however even within such an exemplary visualization, some steps may notfollow that strict placement, e.g., to improve readability.

In some embodiments, individual steps that appear in more journeyinstances relative to other steps may appear along a first arc and stepsthat appear in fewer journey instances relative to other steps mayappear along a second arc. In some embodiments the first or second arccan be closer to a “center” of the semi-circle, such that distance fromthe center in the visualization may roughly correspond to frequency ofappearance of that step in the various journey instances. Those skilledin the art will appreciate that other, similar adaptations to thevisualizations are also contemplated here. For example, more than threearcs can be used or different lines can be used. As another example, thesystem can use highlights, colorization, or patterns to indicate thefrequency with which steps appear in step instances, etc.

With continued reference to the journey visualizations 3908, 3910,various relationships between the steps in the journey model or stepsinstances in the journey instances can be identified. For example,journey visualizations 3908, 3910 can include edges (e.g., lines,arrows, etc.) between different step nodes. The edges can indicate thetraversal from one step to another step and/or identify which steppreceded another step in a journey model (or step instances in a journeyinstance). In some embodiments, the system 108 can determine thetraversal from one step or step instance to another step or stepinstance based on a timestamp associated with an event that correspondsto a step or step instance. For example, the system 108 can determinethat a journey instance traversed from a purchase step instance to aview step instance based on a timestamp associated with an event thatcorresponds to the purchase step instance that immediately precedes(relative to any other steps in the journey instance) a timestampassociated with an event that corresponds to the view step instance. Asshown in the illustrated embodiment of journey visualization 3908, insome instances a step node can be immediately preceded by the same typeof step node, or steps may be repeatedly traversed as part of a journeymodel or instance.

In addition, characteristics of the edges of a journey visualization canindicate the frequency of a particular traversal or progression. Forexample, if a majority of journey instances indicate a traversal orprogression from the addtocart step to the purchase step, and a minorityof journey instances indicate a traversal from the addtocart step to theremove step, the journey visualization can indicate this relationship bymaking an arrow from the addtocart step node to the purchase step nodemore pronounced than an arrow from the addtocart step node to the removestep node. In some cases, the more pronounced edge can be thicker,darker, or have a different pattern (e.g., solid vs. dashed) or colorthan a less pronounced edge. As such, more pronounced edges betweensteps nodes can indicate a greater frequency of a particular traversalthan less pronounced edges between step nodes.

It will be understood that the edges can be configured to conveyinformation as desired. For example, less pronounced edges can indicatethat a particular traversal is more common, etc. Accordingly, thejourney visualization 3908 can communicate significant amounts ofinformation to a user about the underlying events, data sources, andcomputing systems, including, but not limited to, the step instances ofjourney instances, steps of a journey model, order of steps/stepinstances, frequency of traversals between steps/step instances,starting steps/step instances and ending steps/step instances, etc. Inother implementations, not shown here, numeric representations ofinformation regarding the underlying events, e.g., the frequency oftraversals between steps/step instances, may be shown within or inproximity to the various steps/step instances. In still otherimplementations, those numeric representations may be hidden until someinteraction with the step node in the visualization, e.g., selection ofthat step node or zooming in on that step node.

It will be understood that the journey visualization can be displayed ina variety of ways. In some cases, more common steps can be shown as partof a first ring and less common steps can be shown as part of a secondring, such as an outer or inner ring relative to the first ring. In thisway, the system 108 can communicate to a user a relationship between thevarious steps of the journey model. For example, the system 108 canidentify steps that are found within a threshold number or percentage ofjourney instances as part of a first ring and identify steps that arenot found within a threshold number or percentage of journey instancesas part of a second ring. In some cases, the threshold number can varydepending on the total number of journey instances. In certainembodiments, the threshold number can depend on a percentile. Forexample, steps found in at least 30% of the journey instances can formpart of a first ring and steps found in less than less than 30% of thejourney instances can form part of a second ring. Additional rings canbe used as desired.

In certain embodiments, sub-journeys or nested journeys can be displayedas part of a second ring. For example, if the step changequantityinitiates a number of sub-processes or steps (also referred to asdependent steps), then the dependent steps can be shown as a loop nextto the changequantity step. In this way, the journey visualization 3908can indicate to a user steps related to nested journeys, etc. In somecases, the journey visualization can hide or group dependent stepstogether until a user interacts with the parent step (e.g., step thatlead to or relates to the nested journey). With reference to the exampleabove, based on an interaction of the user with the changequantity stepnode, the journey visualization can display step nodes corresponding tothe dependent steps related to the changequantity step.

In some embodiments, the user interface 3900 can enable a user to movethe steps of the journey visualization 3908 in order to more readilyview relationships. For example, it may be difficult to see which stepsprecede other steps, but by moving a step, the connections thereto fromdifferent steps may become more visible.

4.6.3 Clusters of Journey Instances

With reference to FIGS. 40A and 40B, a cluster control object 3906C isselected, which results in the summarization control area 3912displaying information regarding various clusters of journey instances,and enabling a user to select the clusters as a journey visualization.

The clusters can correspond to one or more journey instances thatinclude a particular grouping of steps and/or a particular order ofsteps. For example, some journey instances may include traversal throughmultiple steps, whereas other journey instances may include traversalthrough only one step. The data intake and query system 108 can analyzethe identified journey instances to determine how many or whatpercentage of journey instances are similar. The data intake and querysystem 108 can group or cluster the similar journey instances togetherand provide information about the clusters to a user.

In the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 40A and 40B, the data intake andquery system 108 has identified multiple clusters of journey instances.Information about five of the identified clusters is displayed in thesummarization control area 3912. The displayed information about theclusters 4004A-4004E can include an identification of the differentclusters, analytics about the different clusters, and/or an indicationof the steps included in the different clusters, etc.

In the illustrated embodiments of FIG. 40A, 40B, the displayedinformation about a first cluster 4004A indicates that the journeyinstances in that cluster make up 9% of the journey instances generatedfrom the set of data, and further indicates that the first clusterincludes a single step. Accordingly, the journey instances that formpart of the first cluster include a step instance corresponding to thesame step.

The displayed information about the third cluster 4004C indicates thatthe journey instances in the third cluster make up 4% of the journeyinstances generated from the set of data. The displayed information4004C further indicates the steps identified in the journey instances ofthe third cluster, as well as an order of the steps. In someembodiments, the order of steps indicates the order of steps for alljourney instances of the third cluster. In certain embodiments, theorder of steps indicates a common or most common order of step instancesfor journey instances of the third cluster. Accordingly, in someembodiments, the journey instances that form part of the third clusterinclude step instances of the same steps, as well as the same order ofsteps. In certain embodiments, the journey instances that form part ofthe third cluster include the step instances of the same steps, but notnecessarily the same order of steps.

In some embodiments, to indicate the steps and/or order of steps forjourney instances of a particular cluster, the summarization controlarea 3912 can include an indicator, such as a graphic, name, etc., foreach step. In certain cases, each distinct step can be uniquelyidentified, such as by color, shading, pattern, word, etc. Thus, bylooking at the summarization control area 3912, a user can identifywhich steps are found in the journey instances of a particular cluster,and in some cases, the order of those steps. In the illustratedembodiment of FIG. 40A, the summarization control area 3912 includes adistinct box for each step. Further, the box is patterned after the boxused for the step nodes in the journey visualization 4002.

Similarly, displayed information 4004B, 4004D, 4004E is included for thesecond, fourth, and fifth clusters, indicating a percentage of thejourney instances that make the respective cluster and identifying atleast the steps found in each cluster. It will be understood that thedisplayed information 4004A-4004E can include less or more informationabout the clusters. For example, the displayed information 4004A-4004Ecan indicate a total number of journey instances in each cluster,display information about each and every cluster, etc.

As mentioned, the user interface 3900 enables the user to select acluster in order to display a journey model associated with the cluster.In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 40A, the display information 4004Acorresponding to the first cluster has been selected. In response, theuser interface displays a journey visualization 4002 that corresponds tothe selected cluster. In some embodiments, the data intake and querysystem 108 generates a journey model based on the selection of acluster. In certain cases, the data intake and query system 108 cangenerate the journey model by combining the journey instances that formthe cluster. As illustrated, the journey visualization 4002 includes asingle step node “view.” As such, a single arrow goes to the “view” stepnode from the start node and a single arrow goes to the end node fromthe “view” step node.

In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 40B, the display information 4004Dwhich corresponds to the fourth cluster is selected. In response, thesystem 108 aggregates the information about the clusters correspondingto display information 4004A-4004D and displays a journey visualizationbased on the aggregate information. For example, the journeyvisualization 4006 can demonstrate the various paths found in 21% (sumof journey instances of the first four clusters) of the journeyinstances generated from the set of data.

With reference to the illustrated embodiment, 9% of the journeyinstances include a “view” step instance, 5% of the journey instancesinclude an “addtocart” step instance, 4% of the journey instancesinclude “addtocart,” “purchase,” “purchase” step instances (in thatorder), and 3% include “addtocart,” “purchase,” step instances (in thatorder). Based on the selection of the display information 4004D, thesystem 108 generate and displays the journey visualization 4006 thatshows the paths for the journey instances of the different clusters.

Further, as “addtocart” is the most frequent first step of the combinedclusters (e.g., it makes up the first step in 12% of the journeyinstances or >50% of the selected journey instances), the system 108includes an indication that “addtocart” is the most frequent first stepusing a solid line, whereas a dashed line to the “view” step node isused to indicate that the “view” step occurs less frequently as thefirst step. Similarly, the journey visualization 4006 uses differentweights or patterns to indicate the frequency of transitions between thesteps corresponding to the step nodes (other indications of frequencycan be used as desired). As mentioned herein, in some cases, the journeyvisualization 4006 can include multiple arcs or paths and include morefrequent steps on a first arc or path and less frequent steps on asecond arc or path.

In some embodiments, the system 108 can use the clusters or selectedclusters to generate one or more journey models (ordered or unordered).For example, the journey visualization 4006 can correspond to anunordered journey model that includes the steps “view,” “addtocart,” and“purchase.” Thus, the journey visualization can illustrate the variouspaths that journey instances take through the steps of the unorderedjourney model.

In certain embodiments, the journey visualization 4006 can illustratemultiple ordered journey models. For example, the system can generateone journey model based on the first cluster of journey instances(ordered journey model with the sequence “view”), a second journey modelbased on the second cluster of journey instances (ordered journey modelwith the sequence “addtocart”), a third journey model based on the thirdcluster of journey instances (ordered journey model with the sequence ofsteps “addtocart,” “purchase,” “purchase”), and a fourth journey modelbased on the fourth cluster of journey instances (ordered journey modelwith the sequence of steps “addtocart,” “purchase”). Thus, the journeyvisualization 4006 can illustrate the various paths of four journeymodels.

4.6.4 Filtering Journey Instances

In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 41, a filter control object 3906Bis selected, which results in the summarization control area 3912displaying various filter controls 4104A, 4104B, 4104C that enable auser to filter journey instances or models used to generate the journeyvisualization 4102. Although only three filter controls are shown, itwill be understood that fewer or more filter controls can be included asdesired.

The filter controls 4104A-4104C can be implemented as fields, drop-downmenus, check boxes, etc., as desired. In the illustrated embodiment, thefilter controls 4104A, 4104C are implemented as fields and the filtercontrol 4104B is implemented as a drop-down menu.

The filter controls 4104A, 4104C can be used to identify one or moresteps used to filter the journey instances or models. For example, inthe illustrated embodiment of FIG. 41, the user has entered “view” and“purchase” to indicate that the journey instances or models are to befiltered based on some relationship between the view step and purchasestep. In some embodiments, as a user types in the filter controls 4104A,4104C, the data intake and query system can provide a list of the stepsthat can be selected. For example, as the user types “view,” the userinterface 3900 can display “purchase,” “addtocart,” “view,”“changequantity,” and “remove,” to enable a user to identify the stepsassociated with the events/journey model.

The filter control 4104B can be used to identify the type ofrelationship between the selected steps that is to be used to filter thejourney instances. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 41, the userhas selected the relationship “eventually followed by,” to indicate thatthe journey instances that include a “view” step instance (or journeymodels with a “view” step) that is eventually followed by (e.g.,intervening steps are ok) a “purchase” step instance (or journey modelswith a “view” step) are to be used to generate the journey visualization4102. It will be understood that additional or different controls can beused to identify a relationship between the steps identified in filtercontrols 4104A, 4104C. For example, the identified relationship caninclude, but is not limited to, “immediately followed by” or“immediately preceded by” indicating that a particular step is toimmediately follow or precede another step with no intervening steps,“ends with” or “start with” indicating that a journey instance is to endor begin with a particular step, respectively, or “passes through”indicating that a journey instance is to include a particular stepand/or the particular step is not to be found at the beginning or end ofthe journey instance. In some embodiments, the data intake and querysystem can filter out journey instances that do not satisfy therequirements of the filter controls 4104A-4104C. Additionally, multiplefilters, or multi-step filters, although not pictured in thevisualization of FIG. 41, can be used. For example, the filters couldinclude a particular sequence of three or more steps/step instances,transition between steps/step instances within a threshold amount oftime, etc. As such, the journey model and corresponding visualization4102 can be formed from a subset of the total journey instancesgenerated by the data intake and query system 108 from the set of data.

4.6.5 List Display of Journey Instances

Similar to FIG. 41, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 42, the filtercontrol object 3906B is selected, which results in the summarizationcontrol area 3912 displaying various controls 4104A, 4104B, 4104C thatenable a user to filter journey instances or journey models. Asdescribed in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 41, the filtercontrols 4104A-4104C can be used to filter journey instances for thedisplay area 3902 and journey model.

However, differing from FIG. 41, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG.42, the list summarization selection object 3904A is selected, whichresults in the display area 3912 displaying a listing of informationrelated to journey instances that can be used to generate one or morejourney models.

In the illustrated embodiment, the listing includes a pivot ID column4202, start time column 4204, end time column 4206, total durationcolumn 4208, event count column 4210, and a sequence column 4212, aswell as journey instance rows 4214A-4214H (generically referred to asjourney instance row 4214) for each journey instance. It will beunderstood that the information displayed can include fewer, more, ordifferent information, as desired. For example, the informationdisplayed can include, but is not limited to, an identification ofsimilar journey instances or clusters of journey instances, etc.

The pivot ID column 4202 can identify the field value of the pivot IDfield used to identify the journey instances. With reference to FIGS.37A and 37B, it will be noted that some of the field values displayed inthe pivot ID column 4202 correspond to some of the field valuesdisplayed in the field value preview section 3706 of FIGS. 37A and 37B.Further, as shown, each row in the pivot ID column 4202 includes aunique value. As discussed previously, the field values can be used toidentify related events. In some embodiments, such as when multiple datasources are used, the pivot ID column 4202 can include the combinationof field values from the different data sources used to generate aparticular journey instance. In certain embodiments, when multiple datasources are used, multiple pivot ID columns 4202 can be included, witheach column displaying a pivot ID associated with the particular journeyinstance.

The start time field 4204, end time column 4206, and total duration4208, can indicate the start time, end time, and total duration,respectively, of a particular journey instance. The event count column4210 can indicate the total number of events or step instances in ajourney instance or total number of unique events or step instances in ajourney instance. As mentioned, in some cases, some steps may berepeated in a journey instance (e.g., multiple step instancescorresponding to the same step). Thus, the total number of events orstep instances in a journey instance may be different from the totalnumber of unique events or steps in a journey instance.

The sequence column 4212 can indicate a particular sequence of a journeyinstance. For example, the sequence column 4212 can identify the firstand last steps or step instances of a journey instance, as well as thesequence of steps between the first and last steps. In some embodiments,each step can be uniquely identified, such as by, using a differentcolor or pattern. For example, with reference to the steps identified onFIG. 39A, the “addtocart” step can be colored yellow, the “purchase”step can be colored maroon, the “view” step can be colored orange, the“changequantity” step can be colored gray. In such embodiments, thesequence column 4212 can use the unique identification of the steps toindicate the particular sequence between steps of a particular journeyinstance. For example, with reference to journey instance row 4214A, thesequence column can include an orange block, yellow block, and maroonblock indicating that the sequence for the three events/steps in thatjourney instance was “view,” “addtocart,” and “purchase.” Furthermore,in some embodiments, the sequence column 4212 can indicate whethercertain steps are repeated within a particular journey instance, asillustrated in journey instance row 4214E.

It will be understood that a variety of user interfaces can be used todisplay journey visualizations in a myriad of ways. For example, it willbe understood that any one of the user interfaces described above withreference to FIGS. 18 and 31-26 can be used to display the journeyinstances, clusters of journey instances, nested journey instances, orjourney models generated by the data intake and query system 108.

4.7 Journey Instance and Model Flows

FIG. 43 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a routine 4300implemented by one or more computing devices in a networked computerenvironment 100 for enabling identification of one or more pivotidentifiers and/or one or more step identifiers. For example, theroutine 4300 can be implemented by a client device 102, host device 104,and/or any one, or any combination, of the components of the data intakeand query system 108. However, for simplicity, reference below is madeto the system 108 performing the various steps of the routine 4300.

At block 4302, the system executes a query. The query can include onemore commands or filters to identify a set of data, which can includeevents. For example, the query can identify one or more time constraintsor time ranges, one or more data sources, one or more fields or fieldvalues, etc. Based on the filters or commands in the query, the systemcan identify events that satisfy the filters or commands. For example,if the query identifies one or more data sources, the system canidentify a set of data from the one or more data source and/or excludedata or events from data sources not identified by the query. Similarly,the system can, using the query, identify a set of data that satisfiesone or more time constraints or ranges, or identify events with aparticular field or field value. In some embodiments, the system canreceive the query via one or more user interfaces. In certainembodiments, the query is in search processing language, or can begenerated based on a selection of one or more icons in a user interface.In some embodiments the query can be based on a data stream identifiedby user. The data stream can include events from one or more datasources, etc.

As described herein, the events of the set of data can include rawmachine data associated with a timestamp. In some embodiments, theevents can be derived from or based on machine data and be associatedwith heterogeneous data source having heterogeneous formats. In certainembodiments, the events can include performance information for metricsinformation.

At block 4304, the system obtains or extracts fields. The fields can beobtained or extracted based on the set of data or the events in the setof data identified from the query. In some embodiments, the obtainedfields can correspond to fields in the events or to fields associatedwith the events. For example, in some cases, the events themselves maynot include fields or field identifiers. As a non-limiting example, theevents may only include data and/or a timestamp or only include rawmachine data associated with a timestamp. Accordingly, in someembodiments, fields related to the events can be obtained or extractedfrom one or more files associated with the events, such as one or moreconfiguration files.

As described herein, the configuration files can relate to one or moredata sources and identify field definitions for events associated withthose data sources. For example, data coming from a particular sourcemay have a particular format (and data from different source may havedifferent heterogeneous formats), and field definitions in theconfiguration files, can identify how to extract field values fordifferent fields from the data of a particular data source. Accordingly,based on an identification of the data sources associated with the setof data, the system can identify one or more configuration files. Thesystem can then parse the configuration files to identify fielddefinitions and field identifiers for fields associated with the set ofdata. In some cases, the system can identify the data sources associatedwith the set of data based on input received from a user or based on ananalysis of the events and/or inverted or keyword indexes associatedwith the set of data.

Although described above with reference to using configuration files toobtain fields associated with the set of data, it will be understoodthat the system can identify the fields in a variety of ways. Forexample, the system can use a lookup table that relates events of a setof data to fields associated with the events or set of data. In somecases, the events or set of data can include the fields and the systemcan obtain the fields from the events or the set of data itself, etc.

At block 4306, the system populates a graphical user interface. Asdescribed herein, the system can generate and cause the display of agraphical user interface for a user. Some non-limiting examples ofgraphical user interfaces that can be generated are described hereinwith reference to FIGS. 37A and 37B. As described herein, the userinterface can include various sections. For example, the user interfacecan include a data source section, a field identifier section, a previewfield value section, etc.

In certain embodiments, the data source section of the user interfacecan include identifiers for data source(s) and/or stream(s) associatedwith the set of data or events. In some cases, the system interface canenable a user to add new data sources or data streams. Further, incertain cases, upon selection of a particular data source or stream, theuser interface can update the field identifier section to identifyfields associated with data from the selected data source, etc.

In some embodiments, a field identifier section of the user interfacecan include field identifiers that correspond to the fields associatedwith the set of data. As described herein, the field identifiers can beassociated with the data sources related to the set of data. Further,the user interface can include one or more interface objects to enablethe selection of the field identifiers by a user. For example, the userinterface can include checkboxes, drop down menus, fillable fields, etc.

In some embodiments, the preview field value section of the userinterface can identify field values associated with one or more of thefield identifier in the field identifier section. In some cases, theuser interface can include field values corresponding to a fieldidentifier selected from the field identifier section. In certainembodiments, the preview field value section can also include a countfor each field value displayed therein indicating the number of eventsthat include the respective field value.

The system can identify the field values for the preview field valuesection in a variety of ways. In some embodiments, the system canidentify the field values based on an analysis of the set of data. Forexample, the system can parse events in the set of data to identifyfield values found therein. In some embodiments, the system can analyzea subset of the set of data or a subset of the events and identify thefield values found in the subset of data or events. As the systemanalyzes the set of data or events, it can update the preview fieldvalue section with additional field values or updated counts, etc.

In certain embodiments the system can identify the field values based onone or more inverted or keyword indexes associated with the set of dataor events. As discussed in greater detail herein, the system can includeone or more inverted or keyword indexes that identify field-value pairsfor data and/or events processed or stored by the system. Specifically,the inverted or keyword indexes can identify particular fields for thedata and/or events, as well as field values in the data and/or eventsthat correspond to the fields. The inverted or keyword indexes can alsoidentify which events have a particular field-value pair.

Accordingly, using the identification of the events from the set ofdata, the system can analyze one or more inverted or keyword indexesthat includes information about the events from the set of data toidentify field values for the preview field value section. Specifically,the system can identify the inverted or keyword indexes that includefield-value pair entries that identify the events of the set of data.For each event identified as part of a field-value pair entry, thesystem can ascertain the field value for the event from the field-valuepair of the field-value pair entry. The identified field values can thenbe added to the preview field value section of the user interface.

Furthermore, in some cases, the system can use the inverted or keywordindexes to execute the query. As such, during the execution of thequery, the system can identify the inverted or keyword indexes used toexecute the query and refer back to them to identify the field valuesfor the preview field value section.

The user interface can include additional graphical indicators asdesired. In some cases, the user interface can indicate the number offields identified as a pivot identifier, step identifier, attribute,etc. Further, the user interface can provide graphical indicators thatenable a user to enter a query or one or more commands for the query,etc.

At block 4308, the system enables identification of one or more pivotidentifiers and one or more step identifiers. For example, via the userinterface, the system can enable a user to identify one or more pivotidentifiers and/or one or more step identifiers used to process the setof data or events.

As described herein, the pivot identifiers can be used to relatedifferent events or generate or build sets of events. In some cases, oneor more events are related based on a pivot identifier to form at leastpart of a journey instance. In some cases, the system enablesidentification of one or more pivot identifiers based one or more dropdown menus, check boxes, fillable fields, etc. For example, the userinterface can enable a user to identify a particular field identifier(and its corresponding field) from the field identifier section as apivot identifier.

Further, in certain embodiments the system suggests certain fields aspossible field identifiers. In some cases, the system suggests fieldsbased on a name or identifier for that field, the frequency with whichit appears in the set of data, or the field values of a field. Forexample, the system can identify the fields associated with the set ofdata and identified names or field identifiers that have been used inthe past as a pivot identifier.

In certain cases, the system can determine that fields like “sessionID,”“userID,” or others that appear to indicate an identifier are frequentlyused as pivot identifiers. As such, the system can use fuzzy logic tosuggest fields with a name or identifier that is the same as or similarto fields used for pivot identifiers in the past, fields identified inthe system as ID fields, or fields identified in the system as usefulfields for identifying related events.

In some cases, the system can identify the top 10, 50, or 100, etc.field identifiers frequently used as a pivot identifier. The system canthen use fuzzy logic to compare the identified top field identifierswith the field identifiers associated with the set of data. Fieldidentifiers associated with the set of data that are similar to or matchthe top field identifiers can be suggested for use as a pivotidentifier. In some cases, the system can make suggestions based on theuser. For example, the system can identify the top 10, 50, or 100, etc.field identifiers typically selected by a particular user and suggest afield identifier associated with the set of data based on the identifiedtop field identifiers of the user as described above.

In some embodiments, the system can suggest a field identifier based onits frequency within the set of data. For example, the system canidentify the fields that are found in the most, least, or thresholdnumber events of the set of data and suggest those fields as pivotidentifiers.

In certain embodiments, the system can suggest field identifiers basedon the field values of the field. In some cases, if the systemdetermines that the number of unique field values for a particular fieldsatisfies a threshold number, then the system can recommend the field asa pivot identifier. For example, if the system determines that from aset of 1,000 events there are one hundred unique field values, then thesystem may recommend the field as a pivot ID. However, if the systemdetermines that there are 950 unique field values for the set of 1,000events, the system may determine not to suggest the field as a pivotidentifier. However, it will be understood that the threshold for thenumber of unique field values or whether to recommend fields based onthe fields being greater than or less then the threshold can be adjustedas desired.

In some embodiments, the system can determine the threshold based on apercentage of the events in the set of data. For example, the system candetermine that for every 5, 10, or 20 events there should be a uniquefield value (e.g., the number of unique field values divided by thetotal number of events should be 5%, 10%, or 20%). Fields that have aquantity of unique field values that are closer to the threshold ortarget can be given a higher ranking and be more likely to be suggestedby the system as potential pivot identifiers than fields that have aquantity of unique field values that are farther away from the thresholdor target.

Similarly, if the system determines that the number of events that havethe same field value satisfies a threshold, then the system canrecommend the field as a pivot identifier. For example, if one fieldvalue is found in 50% of the events, then the system may rate the fieldlower than for a set of events that has a field value in <1%, 2%, or 5%of the events. Accordingly, the system can use information about the setof data itself and/or the user to suggest pivot identifiers.

In certain embodiments, the system can rank fields based on one or morecriteria to determine which fields to suggest as pivot identifiers. Asdescribed above, the criteria can be based on any one or any combinationof field name or identifier, field frequency in the set of data, numberof unique field values, etc.

In certain embodiments, the step identifiers can be used to categorizethe different events or group sets of events into subsets of events. Forexample, the system can use the step identifiers to group events into aparticular step or step instance. In some cases, events similarlycategorized based on a step identifier can correspond to the same stepof a journey model, but may relate to different journey instances, e.g.,because one or more field values identified as pivot IDs are not thesame, or because other fields, field values, or other data is not thesame. In some cases, the system enables identification of one or morestep identifiers based one or more drop down menus, check boxes,fillable fields, etc. For example, the user interface can enable a userto identify a particular field identifier (and its corresponding field)from the field identifier section as a step identifier.

In some embodiments, the system can use all of the unique field valuesof the field that corresponds to the step identifier (or step ID field)as different steps. In certain embodiments, the system can enable a userto deselect one or more field values as steps. In such embodiments,events that include a deselected field value may not be included as partof journey models or instances even though they include a field valuefor the step ID field. In this way a user can identify the field valuesthat are relevant for grouping and categorizing the events.

Similar to the pivot identifiers, the system can suggest one or morestep identifiers. As discussed above, the system can suggest fields asstep identifiers based on field identifiers, number of unique fieldvalues, and/or number of events that have a particular field value.However, in some embodiments, the thresholds for suggesting fields asstep identifiers may be different than for suggesting fields as pivotidentifiers. In some cases, the threshold for number of unique fieldvalues may be higher than the threshold for the number of unique fieldvalues for a pivot ID field (or vice versa). Similarly, in certaincases, the threshold for the number of number of events with the samefield value for a step ID may be lower than the threshold for the numberof number of events with the same field value for a pivot ID (or viceversa). For example, it may be desirable to have fewer unique stepscompared to the number of unique journey instances (or vice versa).

Further, in some embodiments, the system can compare the number ofunique field values for the step ID field with the number of uniquefield values for the pivot ID field and make suggestions accordingly.For example, if the number of unique field values for the step ID fieldis greater than the number of unique values for the pivot ID field (orvice versa), the system can suggest that either the pivot ID or step IDbe changed. It will be understood that the system can use a variety oftechniques to suggest fields as pivot IDs, step IDs, and the like.

The system can use fewer, more, or different blocks as part of routine4300, or perform the blocks of routine 4300 in a different order orconcurrently. For example, in some embodiments, the system may notgenerate a graphical user interface. In such embodiments, a user cancommunicate selections of step identifier(s) or pivot identifier(s) viaemail, command line, etc. Further, any of the steps described hereinwith reference to routine 4300 can be combined with one or more stepsdescribed herein with reference to routines 4400 and 4500.

In certain embodiments, the user interface can enable a user to selectfields for attributes, enter a query, enter filters for the query, etc.In some embodiments, based on a selection of a field as an attribute,the system can track the field values for the identified field in eachevent and display commands for the user to filter, sort, or processjourney instances based on the attribute field.

In some embodiments, the system can use the identified pivotidentifier(s) and step identifier(s) to generate or build sets orsubsets of events, journey instances, clusters of journey instances,and/or journey models. For example, the system can use the pivotidentifiers to identify events that are part of a particular journeyinstance and use the step identifier(s) to group the events into subsetsof events or as step instances of the journey instance. As anotherexample, the system can use the step identifiers to identify steps of anunordered journey model, and use the pivot identifiers to identify anordered journey model.

Furthermore, in certain embodiments, the system can generatevisualizations based on the identified pivot identifier(s) and stepidentifier(s). For example, the system can build sets of events, subsetsof events, journey models, and/or journey instances, and displayvisualizations of them, as described in greater detail herein. Further,the visualizations can include indications of an ordering of,transitions between, or progression through, step instances of one ormore journey instances or steps of a journey model.

FIG. 44 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a routine 4400implemented by one or more computing devices in a networked computerenvironment 100 for generating a journey instance or model. For example,the routine 4400 can be implemented by a client device 102, host device104, and/or any one, or an combination, of the components of the dataintake and query system 108. However, for simplicity, reference below ismade to the system 108 performing the various steps of the routine 4400.

At block 4402, the system identifies a set of data, which can includeevents. As described herein the system can identify the set of databased on the execution of a query as described in greater detail aboveat least with reference to block 4302 of FIG. 43.

At block 4404, the system receives one or more pivot identifiers. Asdescribed herein, in some embodiments, the system can receive one ormore pivot identifiers via a user interface. However, it will beunderstood that the system can receive the pivot identifier in a varietyof ways. The pivot identifier(s) can be used to relate, identify, orotherwise associate sets of events. As described herein, in some cases,the pivot identifier can correspond to a field associated with the setof data or events of the set of data. The system can use the field, orpivot ID field, to identify the sets of events. For example, the systemcan relate events with the same field value for the pivot ID field as aset of events.

In some embodiments, the system can identify a set of events based onmultiple pivot identifiers. In some cases, the set of events identifiedbased on multiple pivot identifiers can correspond to events frommultiple data sources. For example, the system can identify a firstgroup of events from a first data source that have a first field valuefor a first pivot ID field and the second group of events from seconddata source that have a second field value for the second pivot IDfield. Based on one or more gluing events that include the first fieldvalue and the second field value, the system can identify a relationshipbetween the first field value and the second field value. Based on theidentified relationship between the first field value and the secondfield value, the system can relate the first group of events and thesecond group of events as a set of events. In some embodiments, multiplegluing events in a particular data source can be used to relate eventsthat do not have a gluing event in common or are not otherwiserelatable. For example, a first gluing event can be used to relateevents in Group A and Group B and a second gluing event can be used torelate events in Group B and Group C. As such, events in Group A andGroup C can be related without a gluing event that links them directly.The different groups of events may correspond to events from the same,similar, or heterogeneous data sources.

In some cases, the one or more gluing events can be found in the firstgroup of events or the second group of events. Further, in someinstances, a gluing event may have the first field value in a locationcorresponding to the first field, and may have the second field value ina location that does not correspond to the second field (or may not havethe second field). Accordingly, in some instances, the system canperform a search on the event or consult a keyword entry of an invertedor keyword index to identify the second field value in the gluing event.

In certain cases, multiple pivot identifiers can be used to identify aset of events and a nested set of events that are interrelated. Forexample, the system can identify a first group of events that have afirst field value for a first pivot ID field and a second group ofevents that have a second field value for a second pivot ID field. Insome cases, events in the first group may also have the second fieldvalue for the second pivot ID field and/or events in the second groupmay also have the first field value for the first pivot ID field.Further, the events in the first group and the events in the secondgroup may be associated with the same data source.

In some cases, the events of the second group may occur as a result ofthe occurrence of an event in the first group. For example theoccurrence of a particular event may spawn one or more sub processesthat results in one or more events (also referred to as dependentevents), which can be identified using a separate pivot ID. Thedependent events may or may not include the same field value for thefirst pivot ID field, and may also share the same field value for adifferent pivot ID field.

Based on one or more gluing events that include the first field valueand the second field value, the system can identify relationship betweenthe first field value and second field value. Based on the identifiedrelationship, the system can relate the first group of events with thesecond group of events as a set of events. Further, based on anidentification of a relationship between the dependent events and theparent event, the system can determine that the second group of eventscorresponds to a nested set of events or a nested journey instance.

At block 4406, the system receives one or more step identifiers. Asdescribed herein, in some embodiments, the system can receive one ormore step identifiers via a user interface. However, it will beunderstood that the system can receive the step identifier in a varietyof ways.

The step identifier(s) can be used to categorize events as one or moresteps or step instances and/or group the sets of events as one or moresubsets of events. As described herein, in some cases, the stepidentifier can correspond to a field associated with the set of data orevents. The system can use the field to categorize the events and/orgroup events in a set of events into one or more subsets of events. Insome cases, the system can use the step identifier to identify a journeymodel or to identify steps of a journey model. In certain embodiments,the identified steps can form an unordered journey model. Further, insome cases, based on user input or based on one or more journeyinstances, the system can build an ordered journey model from theunordered journey model.

As described herein, in some cases, the field values of the step IDfield can be used to identify events as steps or step instances. In someembodiments, each unique field value of a step ID field can beidentified as a separate step. In certain embodiments, a subset of thefield values of the step ID field can be identified as separate steps.For example, a step ID field may have twenty unique field values, butthe system may use fewer than the twenty unique field values to identifydifferent steps or step instances. As described herein, in some cases,the system can exclude certain field values of the step ID field for useas steps based on input received from a user or based on an analysis ofthe field values of the step ID field.

As described herein, in certain embodiments, the system can use multiplestep identifiers to categorize events and/or group events in a set ofevents into subsets of events. For example, as described above withreference to pivot identifiers, multiple step identifiers can be used togroup sets of events that come from multiple data sources into subsetsof events. For example, in some cases, the system can receive a stepidentifier for each data source. In this way, the system can identify afield in events from each data source to categorize the events from thedata source. In certain embodiments, one step identifier can be used formultiple data sources. For example, fields from different data sourcesused to categorize the events into steps can have the same or a similarfield identifier. In such embodiments, the step identifier can identifythe common field between the different data sources as the step IDfield.

Further, similar to the pivot identifiers, the system can receivemultiple step identifiers for a particular data source. In suchembodiments, the system can use the step identifiers to identify eventsthat are part of a nested set of events or nested journey instance. Forexample, events that are part of a nested set of events can include adifferent field that can be used to categorize them apart from the fieldused to categorize other steps that are part of the set of events.Accordingly, using a first step ID field to categorize events in the setof events and a second step ID field to categorize events in the nestedset of events, the system can identify the events in a journey instance,as well as the events in a nested journey instance.

In some cases, the system can group multiple events together as part ofthe same step. Thus, a subset of the events of a journey instance caninclude one or more events. For example, if the system determines thatmultiple events are related to a “purchase” action, the system can groupthe events together as part of a “purchase” step. In some cases, thesystem can determine that multiple events are part of the same stepbased on the one or more pivot ID fields, step ID fields, or timestamps.For example, the multiple events related to the “purchase” step may allhave the “purchase” as the field value for the step ID field, may allhave a field value for the pivot ID field that matches the other eventsin the journey instance, and/or may all have iterative timestamps (e.g.,no other events of the set of events fall between the events related tothe “purchase” action). However, the events grouped together as part ofthe “purchase” step may have a field value for a second pivot ID fieldthat matches each other. In this way, the system can identify the eventsas part of the journey instance and also group them together as part ofa subset of steps or a single step.

Further, in some cases, the system can determine that a particular stephas not occurred until a certain events are observed. With reference tothe example above, the system can determine that a “purchase” action isnot complete until it receives three events with particular step IDs.Accordingly, the system can group the three events as a subset of eventsor a step instance.

At block 4408, the system identifies or builds a journey. The journeycan correspond to one or more journey instances and/or one or morejourney models. As described herein, the system can identify journeyinstances and journey models in a variety of ways.

In some cases, to identify a journey instance, the system identifies aset of events based on the one or more pivot identifiers, groups the setof events into one or more subsets of events based on the one or morestep identifiers, and orders the subset of events. In certain cases, thesystem identifies step instances or subsets of events from a set of databased on the one or more step identifiers, and then relates the stepinstances or subset of events based on the one or more pivotidentifiers. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the pivotidentifier(s) are used to identify related events or set of events andthe step identifier(s) are used to categorize the related events intostep instances or subsets of events.

In addition, as described herein the subset of events or step instancescan be ordered based on a timestamp or other information associated withthe events. The system can order the events before, after, orconcurrently with identifying the related events or sets of data andidentifying the step instances or subsets of events.

In some cases, the set of events can be based on the step identifier.For example, if an event includes a field value for a pivot ID field,but does not include a step ID field, field value for a step ID field,or includes an excluded field value for the step ID field, the systemcan exclude the event from the set of events.

As described herein, in some embodiments, events in a journey instanceinclude a common field value or have the same field value for a fieldassociated with or identified by a pivot identifier. Furthermore, whenmultiple journey instances are generated, each journey instance cancorrespond to a unique field value for the pivot ID field.

In certain embodiments, such as when multiple pivot identifiers areused, events in a journey instance can include at least one field valuefrom a group of related field values. Each of the field values in thegroup of related field values can be associated with a different pivotidentifier. In some cases, the system can use one or more gluing eventsto identify and form the group of related field values.

As described herein, in some instances, multiple events may correspondto a subset of events or a single step instance. For example, multipleevents may be generated for a single action, such as a purchase. Thesystem can identify the events generated for the single action and groupthem together as a subset of events or a step instance. In someembodiments, these related events may correspond to a nested journeyinstance.

As mentioned above, the system can categorize an event as any one of aplurality of steps or a step instance. In some cases, the system candetermine the number of steps for a set of data based on a fieldassociated with a step identifier. In some cases, each unique fieldvalue for the field associated with the step identifier can beidentified as a step. In certain cases, as described herein, a subset ofthe unique field values of the step ID field can be identified as astep. Based on the field value for the step ID field in the event, thesystem can identify an event or subset of events as a particular stepinstance.

As discussed, as part of generating a journey instance, the system canidentify an ordering of the subset of events or step instances. In somecases, the ordering can be based on a timestamp associated with eachevent or step instance. For example, the step instance with theearliest-in-time timestamp can be identified as the first step instancein the journey instance and the step instance with the latest-in-timetime stamp can be identified as the last step instance in the journeyinstance, and so on. The ordered related events, ordered subset ofevents, or ordered steps instances can correspond to a journey instance.

Similarly, the system can identify a progression through the set ofevents, subset of events, or step instances based on the time stamp. Forexample, if a timestamp of Event1 is :33 and the timestamp of a Event2is :56, and there are no events in the set of events with a timestampbetween :33 and :56, the system can determine that the journey instanceprogressed from Event1 to Event2. However, if the timestamp of Event10is :45 (and no other events between :33 and :56), then the system candetermine that the journey instance progressed from Event1 to Event10 toEvent2.

In addition to journey instances, the system can also generate one ormore journey models. The journey models can include ordered journeymodels or unordered journey models. An ordered journey model cancorrespond to a certain number of steps in a particular order, and anunordered journey model can correspond to a certain number of stepswithout any particular order. Accordingly, in some embodiments a journeyinstance can be a representation or an example of an ordered orunordered journey model.

In some embodiments, the journey models can be built or generated basedone or more journey instances or one or more ordered subsets of events.For example, one or more journey instances that include the same stepsand the same order of steps can be combined to form an ordered journeymodel. Similarly journey instances that include the same steps but indifferent orders can be combined to form an unordered journey model.Furthermore, in some cases multiple journey instances with differentsteps and different orders of steps can be combined to form a journeymodel. For example, the system can identify steps for a journey modelbased on the different step instances used to form the journey model.The system can also identify journey instances that follow differentpaths through the steps of the journey model. The journey modelgenerated from the journey instances can show all of the different pathsthrough the identified steps of the journey model. In such embodiments,the various journey instances may have different steps and differentorders of those steps, however, each journey instance can traversethrough at least one step of the journey model.

In certain embodiments, a journey model can be built based on fieldvalues of one or more step ID fields. For example, the system canidentify one or more field values of a step ID field as steps of anunordered journey model. In some cases, the system can generate anordered journey model from the unordered model based on one or moretimestamps, one or more pivot identifiers, and/or one or more journeyinstances or sets of events.

The system can use fewer, more, or different blocks as part of routine4400, or perform the blocks of routine 4400 in a different order orconcurrently. For example, the routine 4400 can include a block betweenblocks 4404 and 4406 for generating or building a set of events and/orinclude a block between blocks 4406 and 4408 for grouping the set ofevents into one or more subset of events. Further, any of the stepsdescribed herein with reference to routine 4400 can be combined with oneor more steps described herein with reference to routines 4300 and 4500.

In some embodiments, as part of routine 4400, the system can identifyclusters of journey instances. Each cluster of journey instances cancorrespond to journey instances that follow the same path through thesame steps. In some embodiments, a cluster of journey instances cancorrespond to an ordered journey model.

In certain embodiments, the system can generate one or more journeyswithout the one or more step identifiers. For example, based on the oneor more pivot identifiers the system can identify related events, whichcan correspond to a journey instance. Further, in such embodiments, thesystem can order the events in the journey instance based on a timestampassociated with each event of the journey instance.

In some embodiments, the system can generate one or more journeyswithout the one or more pivot identifiers. For example, based on the oneor more step identifiers the system can categorize the events of the setof data, which can correspond to a journey model. Accordingly, based onthe one or more pivot identifiers, the system can identify the steps ofa journey model.

In certain embodiments, as part of routine 4400, the system can generateand display visualizations of the journeys. As mentioned, the journeyscan correspond to journey instances or journey models. Accordingly, thesystem can generate and display visualizations of one or more journeyinstances and/or one or more journey models. Furthermore, thevisualizations can identify progressions through the set of events,subset of events, journey instances, or journey models.

FIG. 45 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a routine 4500implemented by one or more computing devices in a networked computerenvironment 100 for analyzing journey instances. For example, theroutine 4500 can be implemented by a client device 102, host device 104,and/or any one, or any combination, of the components of the data intakeand query system 108. However, for simplicity, reference below is madeto the system 108 performing the various steps of the routine 4500.

At block 4502, the system accesses journey instances. As describedherein, in some embodiments, each journey instance can include one ormore step instances, and each step instance can correspond to one ormore events of a set of data. The step instances of the journeyinstances or subsets of events can be ordered. Further, the journeyinstances can be generated based on one or more pivot identifiers, oneor more step identifiers, and/or one or more timestamps. The journeyinstances can be stored in memory or on disk. In some embodiments, toaccess the journey instances, the system can access a file thatidentifies particular events of a journey instance and an order of thoseparticular events. In certain embodiments, this information can bestored in a relational database. In some embodiments, the file caninclude an identifier for each of the particular events. In this way,the system can reduce the memory required to store the journeyinstances.

Further, in certain embodiments, the events of a particular journeyinstance can correspond to events from one or more data sources. Thedata sources can be heterogeneous data sources that have heterogeneousdata formats. In some embodiments, a journey instance can include anested journey instance. For example, as described herein, theoccurrence of one event can spawn one or more sub processes thatgenerate one or more events. The dependent events can be related to eachother as part of a nested journey instance and can be related to alarger or primary journey instance.

At block 4504, the system analyzes the plurality of journey instances togenerate a summary. In some embodiments, the summary can correspond to asingle journey instance or multiple journey instances. In certainembodiments, the summary can correspond to one or more journey models orone or more clusters of journey instances.

The summary can include various analytics about the journey instances orjourney models. For example, as described herein, the summary canindicate the number of journey instances built from a set of data, thenumber of events in the set of data, the identity of steps in a journeymodel, a sequence of the step instances in the journey instances, asequence of steps in a cluster of journey instances or ordered journeymodel, a percentage of journey instances that represent or are anexample of different ordered or unordered journey models, an indicationof the frequency of steps across the different journey instances, anindication of the placement of the different steps across the differentjourney instances (e.g., first, last, etc.), time limits of the set ofdata, a distribution of the lengths of the journey instances or numberof events in the different journey instances, average time of thejourney instances, average time on each step of the journey instances,etc.

At block 4506, the system generates a visualization. In someembodiments, the visualization can correspond to one or more journeyinstances or one or more journey models. In some embodiments, thevisualization can correspond to multiple journey instances, or a clusterof journey instances, that include the same path through the same stepsor an ordered journey model. In such cases, the journey instances caninclude step instances that correspond to the same steps of a journeymodel and that have the same order as an ordered journey model.

In certain embodiments, the visualization can correspond to multiplejourney instances that have different paths through the same ordifferent steps. For example, the visualization can include all journeyinstances for a set of data or all different paths between steps of ajourney model based on the set of data. In some cases, one group of thejourney instances may include one set of steps from the journey modeland another group may include different steps, non-overlapping from thejourney model.

In some embodiments, the visualization can include a numerical ornon-numerical indication of the number or percentage of journeyinstances that include a particular order of step instances or include aparticular passage between two or more step instances, or a particularpassage to or from a particular step or step instance. In some cases,the visualization can include lines or arrows between different stepsthat are traversed by a journey instance. In some cases the errors orlines can be sized differently depending on the frequency or the numberof journey instances that include a particular passage between twosteps. For example, the visualization can include a larger or thickerarrow or line indicating a larger percentage or number of journeyinstances including a particular traversal compared to a smaller orthinner line or arrow. In some cases, the visualization can usedifferent colors to indicate the frequency or number of journeyinstances that include a particular traversal. In this way, thevisualization can facilitate the understanding of the topology of thesystem and/or the interactions between different data sources.

In some embodiments, the system can include information about eachjourney instance. For example, the visualization can identify fieldvalues for the different journey instances, or the field used as thepivot identifier. In certain cases, the visualization can identify aduration for each journey instance, a number of events in a particularjourney instance, and/or a sequence of events for a particular journeyinstance.

In certain embodiments, the visualization can include a summary of thejourney instances identified from a set of data, the number of eventsidentified from the set of data, the number of unique steps in the setof data, timing requirements used to generate the journey instances orprocess the set of data. In some embodiments the visualization caninclude one or more graphics indicating a distribution of the number ofevents in the journey instances.

In certain embodiments, a user interface can include various controls tomodify the visualization. For example, the controls can enable a user tofilter journey instances based on a particular step, a particular orderor sequence of steps, particular transition between steps, a particularfirst step, a particular last step, etc. Furthermore, in someembodiments, the user interface can include various controls to viewvisualizations of clusters of journey instances, journey models, orjourney instances with the same steps and same sequence of steps, etc.In some cases, the user interface can include controls to modify thevisualization to identify one or more journey models derived from orbuilt based on different journey instances.

In some embodiments, the visualization can include multiple nodes alongan arc, such as a circle, semi-circle, or half-moon. Some or all of thenodes can correspond to a step or step instance. In some embodiments,the nodes are ordered based on timestamps associated with thecorresponding step instance. For example, nodes corresponding to stepsthat are earliest in time for a journey instance or model can be closerto an origin point (e.g., top, bottom, side, etc.) and nodes later intime can be progressively closer to an end point and can be locatedalong an arc length between the origin point and end point. In certainembodiments, the steps are ordered based on frequency of transitions.For example, the first node can correspond to the node that is mostfrequently the first node in a journey, the second node can correspondto the step that is most frequently traversed to from the first node,and so forth. In addition, the visualization can include indicationsthat identify transitions between the different nodes of the arc. Insome implementations, the visualization may be manipulated by the user,to allow the user to move, position, zoom, and/or focus on elements ofthe visualization, e.g., nodes and paths. In some implementations, thevisualization may include numeric representations of data underlying thevisualization, e.g., corresponding to journey models, journey instances,or data underlying the respective journey instances, individually or inaggregate.

In some cases, the visualization can include multiple arcs. The firstarc can correspond to steps that occur at least a threshold number oftimes. The second arc can correspond to steps that occur less than athreshold number of times.

Further, in some embodiments, the first arc can correspond to steps of ajourney instance, and the second arc can correspond to steps of a nestedjourney instance. In some cases, the nodes of the second arc can bepositioned proximate the node that corresponds to the step of thejourney instance that is related to the nested journey instance. Forexample, if the nodes for the nested journey correspond to dependentevents, then they can be positioned proximate the node that caused themto occur.

The system can use fewer, more, or different blocks as part of routine4500, or perform the blocks of routine 4500 in a different order orconcurrently. Further, any of the steps described herein with referenceto routine 4500 can be combined with one or more steps described hereinwith reference to routines 4300 and 4400. For example, in someembodiments, the routine 4500 can include receiving one or more pivotidentifiers and/or one or more step identifiers, generating the journeyinstances and models, etc.

4.8 Additional Journey Visualizations

FIG. 46 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a journeyvisualization 4600 that can be displayed in the display area 3902 orotherwise included in the user interface 3900 or displayed. As describedherein, the system 108 can generate a variety of journey visualizationsto indicate relationships between events and topologies. Accordingly,the journey visualization 4600 represents an embodiment of the journeyvisualizations that can be generated by the system 108.

In the illustrated embodiment, the journey visualization 4600 indicatesa relationship between data sources and the events/steps/step instancesof one or more journey instances or one or more journey models. Forexample, the system 108 can group the events/steps/step instances basedon their data source and display a traversal through the steps acrossthe different data sources. In the illustrated embodiment, the journeyvisualization 4600 includes data source indicators 4602, 4604, 4606indicative of the data sources or streams associated with one or morejourney instances or journey models, nodes A, B, C, D, E indicative ofthe events, steps, or step instances associated with the one or morejourney instances or journey models, as well as a progression betweenthe events, steps, or step instances of the one or more journeyinstances or journey models.

As a non-limiting example, suppose journey visualization 4600 representsa particular journey instance, the nodes A, B, C, D, E represent thesteps instance of the journey instance, and the data source indicators4602, 4604, 4606 indicate the data sources related to the journeyinstance. With reference to the example, the journey visualization 4600indicates that the journey instance includes five step instances A, B,C, D, E across three data sources 4602, 4604, 4606. Further, the journeyvisualization 4600 indicates the progression through the step instancesbased on their placement, with step instances that occurred earlier intime being located higher in the journey visualization than stepinstances that occurred later in time. In the illustrated embodiment,the journey instance began with the step instance A, and progressedthrough step instances B, C, and D, and ended with step instance E. Itwill be understood that the step instances can be placed in anyconfiguration to indicate an order (e.g., bottom-top, left-right,right-left, font size, color, pattern, etc.)

In addition, the journey visualization 4600 identifies the data sourcesrelated to each event. Specifically, the journey visualization indicatesthat step instance A is related to or came from data source 4602, stepsB and D are related to data source 4604 and step instances C and E arerelated to data source 4606.

The journey visualization 4600 also includes indications of thetraversal of the journey instance between the different data sources. Inaddition, in the illustrated embodiment, the journey visualizationprovides one indicator for traversals in one direction of the datasources (e.g., data source 4602→data source 4604 and data source4604→data source 4606) and a different indicator for traversal in theopposite direction (e.g., data source 4606→4604, etc.).

Although the example identified was with reference to step instances anda journey instance, it will be understood that the journey visualization4600 can also be used to illustrate the relationship between events of ajourney instance or steps or events of one or more journey models, etc.In some embodiments, they journey visualization can indicate thetraversals between the events or steps for multiple journey models orjourney instances. For example, similar to the journey visualizations3908, 3910, 4006, and 4102, the journey visualization 4600 can includemultiple lines (same or different pattern) between the various nodes A,B, C, D, E. Further different patterns or weights of the lines canindicate different relationships (e.g., frequency or number oftransitions, etc.) between the underlying steps, step instance, orevents, as described herein.

FIG. 47 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a journeyvisualization 4700 that can be displayed in the display area 3902 andstep selection controls 4702 that can be displayed in the summarizationcontrol area 3912 of the user interface 3900, or otherwise included in auser interface or displayed. As described herein, the system 108 cangenerate a variety of journey visualizations to indicate relationshipsbetween events and topologies. Accordingly, the journey visualization4700 represents an embodiment of the journey visualizations that can begenerated by the system 108 to indicate a relationship between anevent/step/step instance with other events/steps/step instance of one ormore journey instances or models.

For simplicity, reference will be made to an indication of arelationship of an anchor step with other steps of a one or more orderedjourney models, however, it will be understood that, depending on theembodiment, step instances or events can be used instead of steps andthat journey instance(s) can be used in place of the journey models.With the above in mind, in the illustrated embodiment, the journeyvisualization 4700 includes various nodes indicative of steps associatedwith different ordered journey models. Further, the illustratedembodiment includes step selection control 4702 to select various stepsof an unordered journey model.

In the illustrated embodiment a step (step 5) corresponding to node 5has been selected as an anchor step. Based on the selection, the system108 generates the journey visualization 4700 to indicate therelationship between step 5 and the other steps of various orderedjourney models. To illustrate the relationship between step 5 and theother steps, the journey visualization 4700 includes columns 4704A,4704B, 4704C, 4704D, 4704E, with each column indicating a distance fromthe anchor step. In the illustrated embodiment, node 5, corresponding tostep 5, is placed in column 4704D. Thus, nodes in column 4704E indicatesteps that occur one step after step 5 in one or more journey models orafter step 5 with no intervening steps in that particular journey model.Nodes in column 4704C indicate steps that occur one step before step 5in one or more journey models or before step 5 with no intervening stepsin that particular journey model. Thus, nodes in column 4704B and 4704Aindicate steps that occur two and three steps, respectively before step5 in one or more journey models or before step 5 with one or twointervening steps, respectively, in that particular journey model.

By selecting steps 3 and 8, which correspond to nodes 3 and 8, inaddition to step 5, the system 108 can filter out journey models that donot include any of steps 3, 5, or 8, journey models that do not includesteps 3 and 5 or steps 3 and 8, or journey models that do not includesteps 3, 5, and 8. Accordingly, the journey visualization 4700 can showpaths of journey models that include different combinations of step 5with other steps, such as steps 3, and 8.

In the illustrated embodiment, the journey visualization 4700 shows thepaths of journey models that have steps 3 and 5 or that have steps 5 and8. Solid lines indicate paths between steps of ordered journey modelsthat include steps 8 and 5 (step 8 occurring three steps before step 5)and steps between ordered journey models that step 3 and step 5 (step 3occurring one step before step 5 for one or more journey models). Thus,as seen in the journey visualization 4700 at least two ordered journeymodels includes steps 3 and 5 and a step that precedes step 3 (e.g., thenodes in column 4704B that connect to node 3 indicate steps in differentordered journey models that also include steps 3 and 5). Similarly,journey models with steps 5 and 3 or steps 5 and 8 only include twodifferent paths after step 5 (e.g., the nodes in column 4704E indicatetwo steps that come after step five in any of the journey models).

The journey visualization 4700 can further indicate additional paths ofjourney models through step 5, but that do not include steps 3 or 8. Inthe illustrated embodiment, the journey visualization indicates theseadditional paths through step 5 using dashed lines and dashed circles.For example, at least three journey models include step 5, but does notinclude step 3 or 8 (e.g., the dashed node in column 4704C with a dashedline to node 5 and the blank dashed nodes in column 4704A with dashedlines to the solid node in column 4704B). In some embodiments, thedashed circle for node 8 can indicate that step 8 does not occur in thesame ordered journey models as step 3.

It will be understood that a variety of visualizations can be used toindicate the relationship between the steps of the journey models.Further, as indicated above, the visualization 4700 is not limited tosteps and journey models, but can indicate relationship between eventsof journey instances or journey models or relationships between stepinstances of journey instances.

FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a journeyvisualization 4800 that can be displayed in the display area 3902 andevent selection controls 4802 that can be displayed in the summarizationcontrol area 3912 of the user interface 3900, or otherwise included in auser interface or displayed. As described herein, the system 108 cangenerate a variety of journey visualizations to indicate relationshipsbetween events and topologies. Accordingly, the journey visualization4800 represents an embodiment of the journey visualizations that can begenerated by the system 108 to indicate a relationship between a parentevent/step/step instances and dependent events/steps/step instances.

For simplicity, reference will be made to an indication of arelationship of a parent event with dependent events of a journeyinstance, however, it will be understood that, depending on theembodiment, step instances or steps can be used instead of events andthat journey model(s) can be used in place of the journey instance. Withthe above in mind, in the illustrated embodiment, the journeyvisualization 4800 includes various nodes indicative of eventsassociated with a journey instance. Further, the illustrated embodimentincludes event selection control 4802 to select various events of anunordered journey model.

In the illustrated embodiment, an event (event 5) corresponding to node5 has been selected from a various events of a journey instance. Basedon the selection, the system 108 generates the journey visualization4800 to indicate the relationship between parent event 5 and dependentevents (from the same or different data sources as each other and theparent event) of the journey instance, or nested journey instances. Toillustrate the relationship between the parent event 5 and the dependentevents, the journey visualization 4800 includes rows 4804A, 4804B,4804C, 4804D, 4804E, with each row indicating a distance from orrelationship to the parent event, or indicating a distinct nestedjourney instance related to event 5.

In addition, the journey visualization indicates a timing relationshipbetween the various events, with nodes corresponding to events occurringearlier in time located farther to the left of nodes corresponding toevents occurring later in time (e.g., event related to node C occursapproximately 60 second before the event corresponding to node F).

In the illustrated embodiment, parent node 5, corresponding to parentevent 5, is placed in column 4804A. Connecting lines from node 5 tonodes A and B can indicate that events corresponding to events A and aregenerated based on the occurrence of event 5, or are dependent events.Similarly, the lines between nodes C and D and between nodes E and F canindicate that the events corresponding to nodes D and F are dependentevents (or occurred based on the occurrence of) of the eventscorresponding to nodes C and E, respectively. In some embodiments, allof the events corresponding to the nodes in the different rows 4804B,4804C, 4804D, 4804E can be identified as dependent events.

Furthermore, nodes in the different rows can correspond to differentnested journey instances that relate to the parent or primary journeyinstance. For example, nodes in row 4804B can indicate nodes in a firstnested journey instance, nodes in row 4804C can indicate nodes in asecond nested journey instance, nodes in row 4804D can indicate nodes ina third nested journey instance, and nodes in row 4804D can indicatenodes in a fourth nested journey instance. As such, the journeyvisualization 4800 can indicate that four nested journey instances arerelated to event 5.

As described herein, events of a nested journey instance can beidentified and/or categorized based one or more step identifiers and/orone or more pivot identifiers. For example, the events of the nestedjourney instance indicated by row 4804B can be related based on a firstpivot identifier or a common field value for a first pivot identifierfield. Similarly, the events of the nested journey instances indicatedby rows 4804C, 4804D, and 4804E can be related based on respective pivotidentifiers or respective common field values for respective pivotidentifier fields. In addition, one or more of the events in each of thenested journey instances can include a field value that matches thefield value of event 5 for the pivot ID field.

In some instances, gluing events can be identified to interrelate thedifferent nested journey instances with the event 5. In some cases, anarrow between nodes can identify a gluing event. For example, the arrowsto nodes A, B, D, and F can indicate that those nodes correspond togluing events. As also described herein, in some cases, multiple gluingevents can be used to relate a nested journey instance to the primaryjourney instance without the presence of a single event that includesthe field value for the pivot ID of the primary journey instance and thefield value for the pivot ID of the nested journey instance. Forexample, a first gluing event can be used to identify the relationshipbetween event 5 and the events of the nested journey instancecorresponding to row 4804B and a second gluing event can be used toidentify the relationship between the events of the nested journeyinstance corresponding to row 4804B and the events of the nested journeyinstance corresponding to row 4804C. However, there may not be a gluingevent that explicitly identifies the relationship between event 5 andthe events of the nested journey instance corresponding to row 4804C.Notwithstanding, the system 108 can determine that the events of thenested journey instance corresponding to row 4804C are related to event5 based on the two aforementioned gluing events. In this way, the system108 can relate the events of the nested journey instance correspondingto row 4804C to event 5 without a gluing event that explicitly relatesthem.

Furthermore, as described herein, the different events of each journeyinstance can be categorized based on one or more step IDs. For example,the event corresponding to node A can have a first field value for afirst step ID field and the event corresponding to node C can have asecond field value for the second step ID. Similarly, eventscorresponding to nodes B and E can have different field values for thesame step ID field. In this way, the system can categorize the differentevents in the nested journeys with different steps. Although discussedabove with reference to a step ID for each nested journey instance, insome cases, a single step ID can be sued for all the nested journeyinstance and the primary journey instance. Further, in some casesmultiple events in the same nested journey can have the same field valuefor the step ID indicating that a particular step was repeated at alater point in time.

It will be understood that a variety of visualizations can be used toindicate the relationship between the event 5 and events of relatednested journey instances. Further, as indicated above, the visualization4800 is not limited to events and a journey instance, but can indicaterelationships between step instances of journey instances with dependentstep instances or between events or steps of journey models withdependent events or steps of journey models.

Any or all of the features and functions described above can be combinedwith each other, except to the extent it may be otherwise stated aboveor to the extent that any such embodiments may be incompatible by virtueof their function or structure, as will be apparent to persons ofordinary skill in the art. Unless contrary to physical possibility, itis envisioned that (i) the methods/steps described herein may beperformed in any sequence and/or in any combination, and (ii) thecomponents of respective embodiments may be combined in any manner.

Although the subject matter has been described in language specific tostructural features and/or acts, it is to be understood that the subjectmatter defined in the appended claims is not necessarily limited to thespecific features or acts described above. Rather, the specific featuresand acts described above are disclosed as examples of implementing theclaims, and other equivalent features and acts are intended to be withinthe scope of the claims.

Conditional language, such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or“may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understoodwithin the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certainembodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certainfeatures, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is notgenerally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are inany way required for one or more embodiments or that one or moreembodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without userinput or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps areincluded or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.

Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout thedescription and the claims, the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and thelike are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to anexclusive or exhaustive sense, i.e., in the sense of “including, but notlimited to.” As used herein, the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or anyvariant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct orindirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connectionbetween the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof.Additionally, the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similarimport, when used in this application, refer to this application as awhole and not to any particular portions of this application. Where thecontext permits, words using the singular or plural number may alsoinclude the plural or singular number respectively. The word “or” inreference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the followinginterpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all ofthe items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.Likewise the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items,covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of theitems in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination ofthe items in the list.

Conjunctive language such as the phrase “at least one of X, Y and Z,”unless specifically stated otherwise, is otherwise understood with thecontext as used in general to convey that an item, term, etc. may beeither X, Y or Z, or any combination thereof. Thus, such conjunctivelanguage is not generally intended to imply that certain embodimentsrequire at least one of X, at least one of Y and at least one of Z toeach be present. Further, use of the phrase “at least one of X, Y or Z”as used in general is to convey that an item, term, etc. may be eitherX, Y or Z, or any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, certain operations, acts, events, or functions ofany of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a differentsequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not allare necessary for the practice of the algorithms). In certainembodiments, operations, acts, functions, or events can be performedconcurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interruptprocessing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on otherparallel architectures, rather than sequentially.

Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware,hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardwaresuitable for the purposes described. Software and other modules mayreside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers,computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for thepurposes described herein. Software and other modules may be accessiblevia local computer memory, via a network, via a browser, or via othermeans suitable for the purposes described herein. Data structuresdescribed herein may comprise computer files, variables, programmingarrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storageschemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for thepurposes described herein. User interface elements described herein maycomprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voiceresponse, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.

Further, processing of the various components of the illustrated systemscan be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and othercomputing resources. Two or more components of a system can be combinedinto fewer components. Various components of the illustrated systems canbe implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicatedcomputer hardware systems and/or computing devices. Likewise, the datarepositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage,including, e.g., storage area networks or other distributed storagesystems. Moreover, in some embodiments the connections between thecomponents shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather thanactual connections between hardware. While some examples of possibleconnections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown cancommunicate with any other subset of components in variousimplementations.

Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chartillustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) andcomputer program products. Each block of the flow chart illustrationsand/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chartillustrations and/or block diagrams, may be implemented by computerprogram instructions. Such instructions may be provided to a processorof a general purpose computer, special purpose computer,specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performancedatabase server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable dataprocessing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions,which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmabledata processing apparatus, create means for implementing the actsspecified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks. Thesecomputer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitorycomputer-readable memory that can direct a computer or otherprogrammable data processing apparatus to operate in a particularmanner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readablememory produce an article of manufacture including instruction meanswhich implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or blockdiagram block or blocks. The computer program instructions may also beloaded to a computing device or other programmable data processingapparatus to cause operations to be performed on the computing device orother programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented processsuch that the instructions which execute on the computing device orother programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the actsspecified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.

Any patents and applications and other references noted above, includingany that may be listed in accompanying filing papers, are incorporatedherein by reference. Aspects of the invention can be modified, ifnecessary, to employ the systems, functions, and concepts of the variousreferences described above to provide yet further implementations of theinvention. These and other changes can be made to the invention in lightof the above Detailed Description. While the above description describescertain examples of the invention, and describes the best modecontemplated, no matter how detailed the above appears in text, theinvention can be practiced in many ways. Details of the system may varyconsiderably in its specific implementation, while still beingencompassed by the invention disclosed herein. As noted above,particular terminology used when describing certain features or aspectsof the invention should not be taken to imply that the terminology isbeing redefined herein to be restricted to any specific characteristics,features, or aspects of the invention with which that terminology isassociated. In general, the terms used in the following claims shouldnot be construed to limit the invention to the specific examplesdisclosed in the specification, unless the above Detailed Descriptionsection explicitly defines such terms. Accordingly, the actual scope ofthe invention encompasses not only the disclosed examples, but also allequivalent ways of practicing or implementing the invention under theclaims.

To reduce the number of claims, certain aspects of the invention arepresented below in certain claim forms, but the applicant contemplatesother aspects of the invention in any number of claim forms. Forexample, while only one aspect of the invention is recited as ameans-plus-function claim under 35 U.S.C sec. 112(f) (AIA), otheraspects may likewise be embodied as a means-plus-function claim, or inother forms, such as being embodied in a computer-readable medium. Anyclaims intended to be treated under 35 U.S.C. § 112(f) will begin withthe words “means for,” but use of the term “for” in any other context isnot intended to invoke treatment under 35 U.S.C. § 112(f). Accordingly,the applicant reserves the right to pursue additional claims afterfiling this application, in either this application or in a continuingapplication.

1-20. (canceled)
 21. A computer-implemented method, comprising:obtaining a plurality of events identified by a search query, whereineach event of the plurality of events records activity associated with acomputing device and includes a timestamp, and wherein each eventincludes a respective set of field values; receiving identification of afirst field value, the first field value indicating related events;receiving identification of a second field value, the second field valueindicating a particular step of a process; determining that a set ofevents from the plurality of events each include the first field valueamong sets of field values of the set of events; determining that aparticular event from the set of events includes the second field valueamong a particular set of field values of the particular event;associating the particular event with the particular step of theprocess; and generating a display for the set of events, wherein thedisplay orders the set of events chronologically according to atimestamp included in each event of the set of events, wherein eachevent of the set of events is represented in the display as a step ofthe process, and wherein the display illustrates execution of theprocess by the set of events.
 22. The computer-implemented method ofclaim 21, wherein the plurality of events comprise raw machine data fromheterogeneous data sources, and wherein the heterogeneous data sourcesgenerate the raw machine data in heterogeneous data formats.
 23. Thecomputer-implemented method of claim 21, wherein a first event of theplurality of events records activity associated with a first computingdevice and a second event of the plurality of events records activityassociated with a second computing device.
 24. The computer-implementedmethod of claim 21, wherein the particular step is a first particularstep and the particular event is a first particular event, thecomputer-implemented method further comprising: receiving identificationof a third field value, the third field value indicating a secondparticular step of the process; determining that a second particularevent from the set of events includes the third field value among asecond particular set of field values of the second particular event;and associating the second particular event with the second particularstep of the process, wherein an identifier for the second particularevent is included in the display for the set of events.
 25. Thecomputer-implemented method of claim 21, wherein the set of events is afirst set of events, the particular event is a first particular event,the process is a first process, and the display is a first display, thecomputer-implemented method further comprising: receiving identificationof a third field value, the third field value indicating related events,wherein the third field value is different from the first field value;determining that a second set of events from the plurality of eventseach include the third field value among a second set of field values ofthe second set of events; determining that a second particular eventfrom the second set of events includes a fourth field value among thesecond set of field values of the second particular event; associatingthe second particular event with a particular step of a second process;and generating a second display for the second set of events, whereinthe second display orders the second set of events chronologicallyaccording to a timestamp included in each event of the second set ofevents, wherein each event of the second set of events is represented inthe second display as a step of the second process, and wherein thesecond display illustrates execution of the second process by the secondset of events.
 26. The computer-implemented method of claim 21, whereinthe set of events is a first set of events, the particular event is afirst particular event, the process is a first process, and the displayis a first display, the computer-implemented method further comprising:receiving identification of a third field value, the third field valueindicating related events; determining that a second set of events fromthe plurality of events each include the third field value among asecond set of field values of the second set of events; determining thata second particular event from the second set of events includes afourth field value among a second particular set of field values of thesecond particular event; associating the second particular event with aparticular step of a second process; and generating a second display forthe second set of events, wherein the second display orders the secondset of events chronologically according to a timestamp included in eachevent of the second set of events, wherein each event of the second setof events is represented in the second display as a step of the secondprocess, wherein the second display illustrates execution of the secondprocess by the second set of events, and wherein the second field valueof the particular step of the first process matches the fourth fieldvalue of the particular step of the second process.
 27. Thecomputer-implemented method of claim 21, wherein the set of events is afirst set of events, the particular event is a first particular event,the process is a first process, and the display is a first display, thecomputer-implemented method further comprising: receiving identificationof a third field value, the third field value indicating related events;determining that a second set of events from the plurality of eventseach include the third field value among a second set of field values ofthe second set of events; and generating a second display based on thefirst set of events and the second set of events, wherein the first setof events and the second set of events are represented in the seconddisplay by a plurality of steps, and wherein the second displayillustrates one or more traversals between one or more steps of theplurality of steps based on the first set of events and the second setof events.
 28. The computer-implemented method of claim 21, wherein theset of events is a first set of events, the particular event is a firstparticular event, the process is a first process, and the display is afirst display, the computer-implemented method further comprising:receiving identification of a third field value, the third field valueindicating related events; determining that a second set of events fromthe plurality of events each include the third field value among asecond set of field values of the second set of events; determining thata second particular event from the second set of events includes afourth field value among a second particular set of field values of thesecond particular event; associating the second particular event with aparticular step of a second process; and generating a second displaybased on the first set of events and the second set of events, whereinthe first set of events and the second set of events are represented inthe second display by a plurality of steps, wherein a first step of theplurality of steps represents the particular step of the first processand a second step of the plurality of steps represents the particularstep of the second process, and wherein the second display illustratesone or more traversals between one or more steps of the plurality ofsteps based on the first set of events and the second set of events. 29.The computer-implemented method of claim 21, wherein the set of eventsis a first set of events, the particular event is a first particularevent, the process is a first process, and the display is a firstdisplay, the computer-implemented method further comprising: receivingidentification of a third field value, the third field value indicatingrelated events; determining that a second set of events from theplurality of events each include the third field value among a secondset of field values of the second set of events; determining that asecond particular event from the second set of events includes thesecond field value among a second particular set of field values of thesecond particular event; associating the second particular event with aparticular step of a second process; and generating a second displaybased on the first set of events and the second set of events, whereinthe first set of events and the second set of events are represented inthe second display by a plurality of steps, wherein the particular stepof the first process and the particular step of the second process arerepresented in the second display by the same step of the plurality ofsteps, and wherein the second display illustrates one or more traversalsbetween one or more steps of the plurality of steps based on the firstset of events and the second set of events.
 30. The computer-implementedmethod of claim 21, wherein the set of events is a first set of events,the particular event is a first particular event, the process is a firstprocess, and the display is a first display, the computer-implementedmethod further comprising: receiving identification of a third fieldvalue, the third field value indicating related events; determining thata second set of events from the plurality of events each include thethird field value among a second set of field values of the second setof events; determining that a second particular event from the secondset of events includes the second field value among a second particularset of field values of the second particular event; associating thesecond particular event with a particular step of a second process;generating a second display for the second set of events, wherein thesecond display orders the second set of events chronologically accordingto a timestamp included in each event of the second set of events,wherein each event of the second set of events is represented in thesecond display as a step of the second process, wherein the seconddisplay illustrates execution of the second process by the second set ofevents; and generating a third display based on the first set of eventsand the second set of events, wherein the first set of events and thesecond set of events are represented in the third display by a pluralityof steps, and wherein the third display illustrates one or moretraversals between one or more steps of the plurality of steps based onthe chronological order of the first set of events and the chronologicalorder of the second set of events.
 31. A computing system, comprising:one or more processing devices configured to: obtain a plurality ofevents identified by a search query, wherein each event of the pluralityof events records activity associated with a computing device andincludes a timestamp, and wherein each event includes a respective setof field values; receive identification of a first field value, thefirst field value indicating related events; receive identification of asecond field value, the second field value indicating a particular stepof a process; determine that a set of events from the plurality ofevents each include the first field value among the respective set offield values; determine that a particular event from the set of eventsincludes the second field value among the respective set of field valuesof the particular event; associate the particular event with theparticular step of the process; and generate a display for the set ofevents, wherein the display orders the set of events chronologicallyaccording to a timestamp included in each event of the set of events,wherein each event of the set of events is represented in the display asa step of the process, and wherein the display illustrates execution ofthe process by the set of events.
 32. The computing system of claim 31,wherein the plurality of events comprise raw machine data fromheterogeneous data sources, and wherein the heterogeneous data sourcesgenerate the raw machine data in heterogeneous data formats.
 33. Thecomputing system of claim 31, wherein the particular step is a firstparticular step and the particular event is a first particular event,and wherein the one or more processing devices are further configuredto: receive identification of a third field value, the third field valueindicating a second particular step of the process; determine that asecond particular event from the set of events includes the third fieldvalue among the respective set of field values of the second particularevent; and associate the second particular event with the secondparticular step of the process, wherein an identifier for the secondparticular event is included in the display for the set of events. 34.The computing system of claim 31, wherein the set of events is a firstset of events, the particular event is a first particular event, theprocess is a first process, and the display is a first display, andwherein the one or more processing devices are further configured to:receive identification of a third field value, the third field valueindicating related events; determine that a second set of events fromthe plurality of events each include the third field value among therespective set of field values; determine that a second particular eventfrom the second set of events includes a fourth field value among therespective set of field values of the second particular event; associatethe second particular event with a particular step of a second process;and generate a second display for the second set of events, wherein thesecond display orders the second set of events chronologically accordingto a timestamp included in each event of the second set of events,wherein each event of the second set of events is represented in thesecond display as a step of the second process, and wherein the seconddisplay illustrates execution of the second process by the second set ofevents.
 35. The computing system of claim 31, wherein the set of eventsis a first set of events, the particular event is a first particularevent, the process is a first process, and the display is a firstdisplay, and wherein the one or more processing devices are furtherconfigured to: receive identification of a third field value, the thirdfield value indicating related events; determine that a second set ofevents from the plurality of events each include the third field valueamong the respective set of field values; determine that a secondparticular event from the second set of events includes a fourth fieldvalue among the respective set of field values of the second particularevent; associate the second particular event with a particular step of asecond process; and generate a second display for the second set ofevents, wherein the second display orders the second set of eventschronologically according to a timestamp included in each event of thesecond set of events, wherein each event of the second set of events isrepresented in the second display as a step of the second process,wherein the second display illustrates execution of the second processby the second set of events, and wherein a type of the particular stepof the first process is the same as a type of the particular step of thesecond process.
 36. The computing system of claim 31, wherein the set ofevents is a first set of events, the particular event is a firstparticular event, the process is a first process, and the display is afirst display, and wherein the one or more processing devices arefurther configured to: receive identification of a third field value,the third field value indicating related events; determine that a secondset of events from the plurality of events each include the third fieldvalue among the respective set of field values; and generate a seconddisplay based on the first set of events and the second set of events,wherein the first set of events and the second set of events arerepresented in the second display by a plurality of steps, and whereinthe second display illustrates one or more traversals between one ormore steps of the plurality of steps based on the first set of eventsand the second set of events.
 37. The computing system of claim 31,wherein the set of events is a first set of events, the particular eventis a first particular event, the process is a first process, and thedisplay is a first display, and wherein the one or more processingdevices are further configured to: receive identification of a thirdfield value, the third field value indicating related events; determinethat a second set of events from the plurality of events each includethe third field value among the respective set of field values;determine that a second particular event from the second set of eventsincludes a fourth field value among the respective set of field valuesof the second particular event; associate the second particular eventwith a particular step of a second process; and generate a seconddisplay based on the first set of events and the second set of events,wherein the first set of events and the second set of events arerepresented in the second display by a plurality of steps, wherein afirst step of the plurality of steps represents the particular step ofthe first process and a second step of the plurality of steps representsthe particular step of the second process, and wherein the seconddisplay illustrates one or more traversals between one or more steps ofthe plurality of steps based on the first set of events and the secondset of events.
 38. The computing system of claim 31, wherein the set ofevents is a first set of events, the particular event is a firstparticular event, the process is a first process, and the display is afirst display, and wherein the one or more processing devices arefurther configured to: receive identification of a third field value,the third field value indicating related events; determine that a secondset of events from the plurality of events each include the third fieldvalue among the respective set of field values; determine that a secondparticular event from the second set of events includes the second fieldvalue among the respective set of field values of the second particularevent; associate the second particular event with a particular step of asecond process; and generate a second display based on the first set ofevents and the second set of events, wherein the first set of events andthe second set of events are represented in the second display by aplurality of steps, wherein the particular step of the first process andthe particular step of the second process are represented in the seconddisplay by the same step of the plurality of steps, and wherein thesecond display illustrates one or more traversals between one or moresteps of the plurality of steps based on the first set of events and thesecond set of events.
 39. Non-transitory computer readable mediacomprising computer-executable instructions that, when executed by acomputing system, cause the computing system to: obtain a plurality ofevents identified by a search query, wherein each event of the pluralityof events records activity associated with a computing device andincludes a timestamp, and wherein each event includes a respective setof field values; receive identification of a first field value, thefirst field value indicating related events; receive identification of asecond field value, the second field value indicating a particular stepof a process; determine that a set of events from the plurality ofevents each include the first field value among the respective set offield values; determine that a particular event from the set of eventsincludes the second field value among the respective set of field valuesof the particular event; associate the particular event with theparticular step of the process; and generate a display for the set ofevents, wherein the display orders the set of events chronologicallyaccording to a timestamp included in each event of the set of events,wherein each event of the set of events is represented in the display asa step of the process, and wherein the display illustrates execution ofthe process by the set of events.
 40. The non-transitory computerreadable media of claim 39, wherein the set of events is a first set ofevents, the particular event is a first particular event, the process isa first process, and the display is a first display, and wherein, whenexecuted, the computer-executable instructions further cause thecomputing system to: receive identification of a third field value, thethird field value indicating related events; determine that a second setof events from the plurality of events each include the third fieldvalue among the respective set of field values; and generate a seconddisplay based on the first set of events and the second set of events,wherein the first set of events and the second set of events arerepresented in the second display by a plurality of steps, and whereinthe second display illustrates one or more traversals between one ormore steps of the plurality of steps based on the first set of eventsand the second set of events